ABB AC500 V3 Hardware Manual Download

Page: 830 / 1029

1.7.5.2.10

Technical data

The system data of AC500 and S500

Chapter 2.6.1 “System data AC500” on page 971

are

applicable to the standard version.

The system data of AC500-XC

Chapter 2.7.1 “System data AC500-XC” on page 1023

are

applicable to the XC version.

Only additional details are therefore documented below.

The technical data are also applicable to the XC version.

Technical data of the module

Parameter

Value

Process supply voltages UP/UP3

Rated value

24 V DC (for inputs and outputs)

Max. load for the terminals

10 A

Protection against reversed voltage

Yes

Rated protection fuse on UP/UP3

10 A fast

Galvanic isolation

Ethernet interface against the rest of the

module

Inrush current from UP (at power up)

On request

Current consumption via UP (normal

operation)

0.2 A

Current consumption via UP3

0.06 A + 0.5 A max. per output

Connections

Terminals 1.8 and 2.8 for +24 V (UP)

Terminal 3.8 for +24 V (UP3)

Terminals 1.9, 2.9 and 3.9 for 0 V (ZP)

Max. power dissipation within the module

6 W

Number of digital inputs

Number of digital outputs

Number of analog inputs

Number of analog outputs

Input data length

2 bytes

Output data length

2 bytes

Reference potential for all digital inputs and

outputs

Negative pole of the supply voltage, signal

name ZP

Setting of the I/O device identifier

With 2 rotary switches at the front side of the

module

Diagnose

See Diagnosis and Displays

Chapter

1.7.5.2.8 “Diagnosis and state LEDs”

on page 821

Operation and error displays

32 LEDs (totally)

Weight (without terminal unit)

Ca. 125 g

Mounting position

Horizontal or vertical with derating (output load

reduced to 50 % at 40 °C per group)

Device specifications

Communication interface modules (S500) > PROFINET

2022/01/31

3ADR010278, 3, en_US

830

Summary of Contents for AC500 V3

Page 1: ...HARDWARE MANUAL PLC Automation System assembly and device specifications AC500 V3 AC500 eCo V3 AC500 XC V3 ...

Page 2: ...ules 142 1 6 2 Analog I O modules 349 1 6 3 Digital Analog I O modules 548 1 7 Communication interface modules S500 616 1 7 1 Compatibility of communication modules and communication interface modules 616 1 7 2 CANopen 617 1 7 3 EtherCAT 679 1 7 4 Modbus 729 1 7 5 PROFINET 794 1 8 Accessories 861 1 8 1 AC500 eCo 861 1 8 2 AC500 standard 884 1 8 3 S500 902 2 System assembly construction and connect...

Page 3: ...rd 971 2 6 1 System data AC500 971 2 6 2 Mechanical dimensions 976 2 6 3 Mounting and demounting 981 2 6 4 Connection and wiring 989 2 6 5 Handling of accessories 1001 2 7 AC500 XC 1023 2 7 1 System data AC500 XC 1023 2 8 AC500 S 1027 Table of contents 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 3 ...

Page 4: ...500 eCo V3 processor modules do not have a separate terminal base 1 2 1 TB56xx for AC500 V3 products TB5600 2ETH 1 processor module with network interface 2 Ethernet RJ45 1 CAN and 1 COM1 TB5610 2ETH 1 processor module 1 communication module with network interface 2 Ethernet RJ45 1 CAN and 1 COM1 TB5620 2ETH 1 processor module 2 communication modules with network interface 2 Ethernet RJ45 1 CAN an...

Page 5: ...figure shows the TB5620 2ETH as example 1 I O bus 10 pin female to connect the I O terminal units 2 One available slot for the processor module 3 Slots for communication modules 4 Interface for CAN 5 pin terminal block removable 5 Power supply 5 pin terminal block removable 6 Serial interface COM1 9 pin terminal block removable 7 RJ45 female connector for Ethernet connection 8 Holes for screw moun...

Page 6: ...675 TB5600 2ETH 0 slot 0 slot 0 slot 0 slot TB5610 2ETH 1 slot 1 slot 1 slot 1 slot TB5620 2ETH 2 slots 2 slots 2 slots 2 slots TB5640 2ETH 4 slots 4 slots 4 slots TB5660 2ETH 6 slots 1 6 slots 1 Remarks The slots can be used for connecting communication modules or AC500 S modules Note that only one AC500 S module can be connected at one terminal base 1 PM567x must have an index C0 NOTICE Risk of ...

Page 7: ...ltage L 24 V DC Positive pin of the power supply voltage M 0 V Negative pin of the power supply voltage M 0 V Negative pin of the power supply voltage FE Functional earth NOTICE Risk of damaging the processor module and terminal base Exceeding the maximum voltage could lead to unrecoverable damage to the system The system might be destroyed NOTICE Risk of malfunction To ensure reliability and prop...

Page 8: ...rough the removable clamps never exceeds 8 A with 1 5 mm2 conductor NOTICE For applications using XC versions To ensure reliability and proper function make sure the ambient temperature never exceeds 60 C when the current flowing through the removable clamps is 8 A with 1 5 mm2 conductor 1 2 1 2 3 Serial interface COM1 The serial interface COM1 is connected to a removable 9 pin terminal block From...

Page 9: ...en if you do not use the interface For further information on connection and wiring please refer to 1 2 1 2 4 Ethernet interface This interface is the connection to a processor module with onboard Ethernet e g PM56xx 2ETH TB56xx 2ETH for processor modules PM56xx 2ETH provide 2 independent Ethernet interfaces The two Ethernet interfaces can be configured as independent interfaces or with switch fun...

Page 10: ...protocols and used Ethernet ports for AC500 V3 products See communication via Modbus for AC500 V3 products See communication via Modbus for AC500 V3 products 1 2 1 2 5 CAN interface This interface is the connection to a processor module with onboard CAN e g PM56xx 2ETH Interface socket COMBICON 5 pin female removable plug with spring terminals Transmission standard ISO 11898 potential free Transmi...

Page 11: ...be used The requirements for the bus cables depend on the length of the bus segment See Ä Chapter 2 6 4 6 CANopen field bus on page 995 Both ends of the CAN bus have to be terminated with a 120 Ω 1 4 W 5 bus terminating resistor to minimize signal reflection The bus terminating resistor should be connected directly at the bus connector between the CAN signals CAN_H and CAN_L See Ä Chapter 2 6 4 6 ...

Page 12: ... modules communication modules and communication interface modules 2 The inrush current and the melting integral depends on the internal power supply of the processor module and the number and type of communication modules and I O modules connected to the I O bus Table 3 Combination of TB56xx 2ETH XC and PM56xx XC Processor module PM5630 PM5650 PM5670 PM5675 TB5600 2ETH 0 slot 0 slot 0 slot 0 slot...

Page 13: ...Active 1SAP 114 300 R0278 TB5640 2ETH terminal base AC500 slots 1 processor module 4 communication modules 2 Ethernet RJ45 1 CAN connector Active 1SAP 314 300 R0278 TB5640 2ETH XC terminal base AC500 slots 1 processor module 4 communication modules 2 Ethernet RJ45 1 CAN connector XC version Active 1SAP 116 300 R0278 TB5660 2ETH terminal base AC500 slots 1 processor module 6 communication modules 2...

Page 14: ...00 S provide devices with XC extension as a product variant These variants operate according to their product group and can in addition be operated under extreme conditions AC500 XC PLCs can be used at high altitudes extended oper ating temperature and in humid condition Further the devices provide immunity to vibration and hazardous gases The AC500 XC series is consistent with standard devices in...

Page 15: ... PM5032 T ETH 2 MB thereof 512 kB for user pro gram code and data dynamically allocated 2 Transistor 12 8 Tran sistor 24 V DC 1 2 PM5032 R ETH 2 MB thereof 512 kB for user pro gram code and data dynamically allocated 2 Transistor 12 6 Relay 24 V DC 1 2 PM5052 T ETH 4 MB thereof 768 kB for user pro gram code and data dynamically allocated 2 Transistor 12 8 Tran sistor 24 V DC 1 3 PM5052 R ETH 4 MB ...

Page 16: ...r 24 V DC 2 3 W wide temperature Fig 1 Example PM5072 T 2ETH 1 Micro memory card slot 2 5 LEDs to display the states of the processor module Power Error Run MC MOD1 3 RUN button 4 RJ45 female connector for Ethernet1 connection 5 RJ45 female connector for Ethernet2 connection available for PM5072 T 2ETH W 6 3 pin terminal block for power supply 24 V DC 7 2 holes for screw mounting 8 Option board sl...

Page 17: ...or modules PM50xx series are the central units of AC500 eCo V3 PLC Their main characteristics are Power supply 24 V DC I O bus not for PM5012 x ETH Real time clock PM5012 x ETH needs additional RTC option board Option board slots for extension on the CPU 1 for PM5012 x ETH 2 for PM5032 x ETH 3 for PM5052 x ETH and PM5072 T 2ETH 6 digital inputs PM5012 x ETH 12 digital inputs PM5032 x ETH PM5052 x ...

Page 18: ...10 with max 128 Bytes inputs 128 Bytes outputs variables PM5052 T ETH 4 MB 768 kB 12 8 Tran sistor 2 3 10 PM5052 R ETH 4 MB 768 kB 12 6 Relay 2 3 10 PM5072 T 2ETH 8 MB 1 MB 12 8 Tran sistor 2 3 10 PM5072 T 2ETHW 8 MB 1 MB 12 8 Tran sistor 2 3 10 1 3 1 1 3 Connections and interfaces The I O bus is not available for PM5012 T ETH and PM5012 R ETH I O channel extension using option board slot only The...

Page 19: ... Ethernet interface is carried out via a RJ45 jack Table 6 Pin assignment of the Ethernet interface Interface Pin Description 1 Tx Transmit data 2 Tx Transmit data 3 Rx Receive data 4 NC Not connected 5 NC Not connected 6 Rx Receive data 7 NC Not connected 8 NC Not connected Shield Cable shield Functional earth 1 3 1 1 4 Power supply The processor modules PM50x2 can be connected to the 24 V DC sup...

Page 20: ...t the supply voltage never exceeds 30 V DC 1 3 1 1 5 State LEDs and operating elements The processor modules PM50xx series have a RUN STOP button By pressing the RUN STOP button the processer modules switch between RUN mode and STOP mode By long pressing RUN STOP button during the processor module power on phase the processor module will be in MOD1 The processor modules PM50xx indicate their state...

Page 21: ...splays shutdown of Request To Send Medium flashing 2 Hz alone displays at start of PLC if reboot after watchdog MOD1 Mode 1 indication Yellow Processor module is in mode 1 state Processor module is not in mode 1 state RUN RUN STOP state Green Processor module is in state RUN Processor module is in state STOP Fast flashing 4 Hz The processor module is reading writing data from to the memory card If...

Page 22: ...n folder LED control The processor module provides up to 10 LEDs PM5012 x ETH 20 LEDs PM5032 R ETH PM5052 R ETH or 22 LEDs PM5032 T ETH PM5052 T ETH PM5072 T 2ETH to display the states of the inputs and outputs Processor module LED State Color LED ON LED OFF PM5012 x ETH I0 I5 Digital input Yellow Input is ON Input is OFF O0 O3 Transistor output Yellow Output is ON Output is OFF NO0 NO3 Relay outp...

Page 23: ...gram is no longer guaranteed Checksum error in the user Flash independent of the task duration E3 ERR LED is ON OFF Light error It depends on the application if the user program should be stopped by the operating system or not The user should deter mine which reaction is necessary Flash could not be pro grammed I O module has failed E4 ERR LED is ON OFF Warning Error in the periphery e g I O which...

Page 24: ...o isolation groups 2 24 V DC input or 0 5 A max transistor output one isolation group PM5052 T ETH 12 24 V DC one isolation group 8 0 5 A max transistor one isolation group 2 24 V DC input or 0 5 A max transistor output one isolation group PM5052 R ETH 12 24 V DC one isolation group 6 2 A max relay two isolation groups 2 24 V DC input or 0 5 A max transistor output one isolation group PM5072 T 2ET...

Page 25: ...rmation 4 DI fast input 24 V DC max 200 kHz usable as 4 DI 24 V DC standard or 4 fast counter 100 kHz or 2 A B encoder 200 kHz with frequency measurement or 2 full A B encoders 0 and 1 200 kHz with frequency measure ment and with touch reset using standard highspeed 5 kHz DI 1 full A B encoder 0 200 kHz with frequency measurement and optional with touch reset using 2 touch sync inputs with A B enc...

Page 26: ...O T 24 V DC 100 kHz usable as 4 DO T 24 V DC 0 5 A 4 limit switch outputs for encoder counter or 4 PWM 30 kHz 2 µs accuracy and maximum duty 95 or 2 PTO 200 kHz CW CCW or Pulse Direc tion 4 PTO PWM 100 kHz Pulse Direction using standard output 6 DO R 24 V DC 240 V AC 2A in 2 groups 4 fast output DO T 24 V DC 0 5 A 5 kHz max 5 kHz usable as 4 DO T 24 V DC 0 5 A 4 limit switch outputs for encoder co...

Page 27: ...ply Via UP and ZP terminal Connections WARNING Risk of death by electric shock Hazardous voltages can be present at the terminals of the module Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules The PLC modules must not be removed while the plant is connected to a power...

Page 28: ...tal input signal I0 5 kHz 3 I1 Digital input signal I1 5 kHz 4 I2 Digital input signal I2 5 kHz 5 I3 Digital input signal I3 5 kHz 6 I4 Digital input signal I4 5 kHz 7 I5 Digital input signal I5 5 kHz 8 O0 Digital output signal O0 5 kHz 9 O1 Digital output signal O1 5 kHz 10 O2 Digital output signal O2 5 kHz 11 O3 Digital output signal O3 5 kHz 12 UP Process supply voltage UP 24 V DC 13 ZP Process...

Page 29: ...l input signal I6 100 kHz Forward counter max 100 kHz Encoder max 200 kHz 9 I7 Digital input signal I7 100 kHz Forward counter max 100 kHz Encoder max 200 kHz 10 I8 Digital input signal I8 11 I9 Digital input signal I9 12 I10 Digital input signal I10 13 I11 Digital input signal I11 14 O0 Digital output signal O0 max 5 kHz 15 O1 Digital output signal O1 max 5 kHz 16 O2 Digital output signal O2 max ...

Page 30: ...er max 100 kHz Encoder max 200 kHz 10 I8 Digital input signal I8 11 I9 Digital input signal I9 12 I10 Digital input signal I10 13 I11 Digital input signal I11 14 NO0 Normally open relay contact of the output NO0 15 NO1 Normally open relay contact of the output NO1 16 NO2 Normally open relay contact of the output NO2 17 R0 2 Output common for signals NO0 to NO2 18 NO3 Normally open relay contact of...

Page 31: ...s the internal structure of the onboard I Os PM5012 T ETH PM5012 R ETH PM5032 ETH PM5052 T ETH PM5072 T 2ETH W PM5032 R ETH PM5052 R ETH Block diagrams Device specifications Processor modules AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 31 ...

Page 32: ...an bridge switches accidentally Use sink inputs when possible or make sure that in case of error there will be no risks to persons or plant The following figure shows the connection of the digital inputs to the PM50x2 processor modules Connection of digital inputs sink inputs Connection digital inputs source inputs Device specifications Processor modules AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 32 ...

Page 33: ... damaging the processor module The outputs are not protected against short circuit and overload Never short circuit or overload the outputs Never connect the outputs to other voltages Use an external fuse for the outputs Connection of the digital relay outputs PM50xx R ETH only The following figures show the connection of the digital relay outputs to the processor modules Device specifications Pro...

Page 34: ...ces supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system CAUTION Risk of damaging the processor module Never short circuit or overload the outputs Never connect inductive loads without an external suppression against voltage peaks due to inductive kickback Never connect voltages 240 V All outputs must be fed from the same phase Use an external f...

Page 35: ...Otherwise there are error messages from the blocks for the individual functions Displays Table 14 States of the I Os LED Status Color LED ON LED OFF I Digital input yellow Input is ON Input is OFF O Digital transistor output yellow Output is ON Output is OFF NO Digital relay output yellow Relay contact is closed Relay contact is open C Digital configurable input output yellow Configured input outp...

Page 36: ... 50 m Technical data of the fast counter inputs For AC500 devices the function fast counter is available in S500 I O modules as of firmware version V1 3 For AC500 eCo V3 devices the function fast counter is available in onboard I Os of PM50xx The AC500 eCo V3 processor modules with onboard I Os provide some special functionality on the digital inputs or digital outputs Fast counter encoder inputs ...

Page 37: ... interrupt inputs Parameter PM5012 T ETH PM5012 R ETH PM5032 T ETH PM5052 T ETH PM5072 T 2ETH PM5032 R ETH PM5052 R ETH Interrupt Useable inputs 4 4 4 4 Fast input max 5 kHz DI0 DI3 DI0 DI3 DI0 DI3 DI0 DI3 Technical data of the Touch Reset inputs Parameter PM5012 T ETH PM5012 R ETH PM5032 T ETH PM5052 T ETH PM5072 T 2ETH PM5032 R ETH PM5052 R ETH Touch Reset Useable inputs 4 together with dedicate...

Page 38: ... to O7 Terminal 13 0 V DC negative pole of the process voltage signal name ZP Indication of the output signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is on when the output signal is high signal 1 Way of operation Non latching type Min output voltage at signal 1 UP 0 1 V Output delay max at rated load 0 to 1 On request 1 to 0 On request Rated protection fuse per group On request Output current Rated curr...

Page 39: ... of the output signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is on when the output signal is high signal 1 Way of operation Non latching type Min output voltage at signal 1 UP 0 1 V Output delay max at rated load 0 to 1 On request 1 to 0 On request Rated protection fuse per group On request Output current Rated current per channel max 0 5 A at UP 24 V DC resistance general use and pilot duty Rated curr...

Page 40: ...value 24 V DC or 100 V AC 240 V AC 50 Hz 60 Hz Range 5 V DC 30 V DC or 5 V AC 250 V AC Indication of the output signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is on when the output signal is high signal 1 Way of operation Non latching type Output delay 0 to 1 Typ 10 ms 1 to 0 Typ 10 ms Rated protection fuse On request Output current Rated current per channel max 2 0 A 24 V DC resistance and general use ...

Page 41: ...alue Number of channels per module 6 normally open relay outputs Distribution of the channels into groups 2 groups for 3 channels Galvanic isolation Yes per group Connection of the channels NO0 to NO2 Terminals 14 to 16 Connection of the channels NO3 to NO5 Terminals 18 to 20 Reference potential R0 2 for the channels NO0 to NO2 Terminal 17 Reference potential R3 5 for the channels NO3 to NO5 Termi...

Page 42: ...of No should be provided by an external fuse or circuit breaker Rated protection fuse for each channel On request Overload message No Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 24 V DC No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Lifetime of relay contacts cycles 100 000 at rated load Max cable length Shielded On request Unshielded On request For fast inputs and fast output...

Page 43: ...Direction using fast output 5kHz DO0 DO3 If the load is less than 100 mA it is strongly recommended to connect an additional load resistor 240 Ω 5 W or 270 Ω 5 W to the output to improve the pulse signal Technical data of the PWM outputs Parameter PM5012 T ETH PM5012 R ETH PM5032 T ETH PM5052 T ETH PM5072 T 2ETH PM5032 R ETH PM5052 R ETH PWM Useable outputs 4 8 2 Fast output max 5 kHz DO0 DO3 DO0 ...

Page 44: ... 2 option board slots Active 1SAP 124 000 R0072 Standard CPU PM5052 T ETH AC500 eCo V3 processor module programmable logic controller 4 MB 12DI 8DO Transistor 2DC Ethernet 24 V DC 3 option board slots Active 1SAP 124 100 R0072 Standard CPU PM5052 R ETH AC500 eCo V3 processor module programmable logic controller 4 MB 12DI 6DO Relay 2DC Ethernet 24 V DC 3 option board slots Active 1SAP 124 500 R0073...

Page 45: ...or power supply 1 removable 13 pin terminal block for I O connectors 1SAP 187 400 R0002 TA5211 TSPF B spring terminal block set for AC500 eCo V3 CPU Basic spring front cable front 5 00 mm pitch 1 removable 3 pin terminal block for power supply 1 removable 13 pin terminal block for I O connectors 1SAP 187 400 R0004 TA5212 TSCL screw terminal block set for AC500 eCo V3 Standard and Pro CPU screw fro...

Page 46: ...V DC Connection of power supply Via removable 3 pin terminal Current consumption from power supply max Transistor version 200 mA 340 mA 400 mA 420 mA Relay version 200 mA 340 mA 400 mA Inrush current at nominal voltage On request Required fuse On request Max power dissipation within the processor module Transistor version On request On request On request On request Relay version On request On requ...

Page 47: ...s Word 50 ns Floating point 600 ns Program execution PM5012 PM5032 PM5052 PM5072 Cyclic min configurable 10 ms 5 ms 2 ms 1 ms Time controlled Yes Multitasking Yes Interruption Yes LEDs Power Error Run MC MOD1 States of I Os RUN STOP button Yes Protection of the user program by password On request Usable accessories On request Remarks 1 The values are for information only and cannot be fulfilled al...

Page 48: ... outputs Rated voltage transistor 24 V DC Nominal current per transistor channel 0 5 A resistive Channels for relay version 4 6 Rated voltage relay 100 V AC 240 V AC or 24 V DC Nominal current per relay channel 2 A resistive Analog inputs Optional Analog outputs Optional Number of option board slots 1 2 3 3 Usage of option board Each slot can be used for all type of existing option boards same opt...

Page 49: ...lity Ethernet func tions Programming TCP IP UDP IP DHCP PING network variables and other listed below Modbus TCP IP client server Yes 8 3 Yes 13 8 Yes 20 10 Yes 30 15 SNTP client server No Yes HTTPs and Web Visu number of con nections No Yes 1 Yes 2 Yes 4 FTPs number of con nections No Yes 1 Yes 2 OPC UA server number of free tags No Yes 125 Yes 250 Yes 1000 MQTT and JSON library No Yes OPC DA ser...

Page 50: ...d slots Active 1SAP 123 500 R0072 Standard CPU PM5032 R ETH AC500 eCo V3 processor module programmable logic controller 2 MB 12DI 6DO Relay 2DC Ethernet 24 V DC 2 option board slots Active 1SAP 124 000 R0072 Standard CPU PM5052 T ETH AC500 eCo V3 processor module programmable logic controller 4 MB 12DI 8DO Transistor 2DC Ethernet 24 V DC 3 option board slots Active 1SAP 124 100 R0072 Standard CPU ...

Page 51: ...munica tion spring cable front terminal 3 50 mm pitch 1SAP 187 400 R0001 TA5211 TSCL B screw terminal block set for AC500 eCo V3 CPU Basic screw front cable side 5 00 mm pitch 1 removable 3 pin terminal block for power supply 1 removable 13 pin terminal block for I O connectors 1SAP 187 400 R0002 TA5211 TSPF B spring terminal block set for AC500 eCo V3 CPU Basic spring front cable front 5 00 mm pi...

Page 52: ... packing unit 1SAP 187 500 R0001 TA5300 CVR option board slot cover removable plastic part 6 pieces per packing unit 1 3 1 2 Option boards 1 3 1 2 1 TA5101 4DI Option board for digital I O extension 4 digital inputs 24 V DC I0 to I3 in 1 group Module wise galvanically isolated 1 4 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the inputs I0 to I3 2 Allocation of signal name 3 5 pin terminal block for...

Page 53: ...C500 eCo V3 system The terminal blocks are included in the module s scope of delivery and additional terminal blocks as spare parts can be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the digital inputs Table 23 Assignment of the terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 COM 0 3 Input common for signals I0 to I3 2 I0 Input signal I0 3 I1 Input signal I1 4 I2 Inpu...

Page 54: ...les Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with NC Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages The digital inputs can be used as source inputs or as sink inputs NOTICE...

Page 55: ...oard 2 Select the Diagnosis tab to view the diagnosis messages of the desired option board Table 24 Diagnosis messages Device Severity Error code Description Error Message Remedy TA5101 4DI 11 1 Wrong or no board plugged Replace with correct func tional board TA5101 4DI 11 2 Board defective Replace with correct func tional board TA5101 4DI 11 3 Failed to set direction Replace with correct func tio...

Page 56: ...roups 1 4 channels per group Connections of the channels I0 to I3 Terminals 2 to 5 Reference potential for the channels I0 to I3 Terminal 1 plus or negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name COM 0 3 Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 The module is powered through the CPU connection Monitoring point of input ind...

Page 57: ...movable 5 pin spring front cable front 6 pieces per packing unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations The needed spring terminal block is always delivered with the option board The terminal block listed in the table is for spare part only if needed 1 3 1 2 2 TA5105 4DOT Option board for digital I O exte...

Page 58: ... of the module is galvanically isolated from the inputs outputs Parameter Value LED displays For signal states Internal power supply Via internal CPU connection External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process supply voltage 24 V DC For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and connection of the module please refer to the system assembly chapter The connection is carried out ...

Page 59: ...e not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous loc...

Page 60: ...considered in the application planning NOTICE Risk of damaging the I O module The outputs are not protected against short circuits and overload Never short circuit or overload the outputs Never connect the outputs to other voltages Use an external fuse for the outputs The module provides several diagnosis functions see Diagnosis Ä Diagnosis on page 61 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the se...

Page 61: ... Table 27 Diagnosis messages Device Severity Error code Description Error Message Remedy TA5105 4DOT 11 1 Wrong or no board plugged Replace with correct func tional board TA5105 4DOT 11 2 Board defective Replace with correct func tional board TA5105 4DOT 11 3 Failed to set direction Replace with correct func tional board TA5105 4DOT 11 4 Parameter wrong Verify setting of parameter Run on config fa...

Page 62: ...tection fuse for UP On request Current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at the L M terminals of the CPU Ca 10 mA Galvanic isolation Yes between the output group and the rest of the module Isolated groups 1 4 channels per group Surge voltage max 35 V DC for 0 5 s Max power dissipation within the module 0 5 W Weight 16 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection co...

Page 63: ... current per channel max 0 5 A at UP 24 V DC resistance general use and pilot duty Rated current per group max 2 A 4 channels 0 5 A Max leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Output type Non protected Protection type External fuse on each channel Rated protection fuse for each channel On request Demagnetization when inductive loads are switched off Must be performed externally according to driven lo...

Page 64: ... The needed spring terminal block is always delivered with the option board The terminal block listed in the table is for spare part only if needed 1 3 1 2 3 TA5110 2DI2DOT Option board for digital I O extension 2 digital inputs 24 V DC I0 to I1 in 1 group 2 digital transistor outputs 24 V DC O0 to O1 in 1 group Group wise galvanically isolated 1 2 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the o...

Page 65: ...ernal CPU connection External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process supply voltage 24 V DC For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and connection of the module please refer to the system assembly chapter The connection is carried out by using a removable 7 pin terminal block For more information please refer to the chapter terminal blocks for AC500 eCo V3 system The termi...

Page 66: ...energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damagin...

Page 67: ...s and overload Never short circuit or overload the outputs Never connect the outputs to other voltages Use an external fuse for the outputs The module provides several diagnosis functions see Diagnosis Ä Diagnosis on page 68 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä State LEDs on page 68 The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization dat...

Page 68: ... Description Error Message Remedy TA5110 2DI2DOT 11 1 Wrong or no board plugged Replace with correct func tional board TA5110 2DI2DOT 11 2 Board defective Replace with correct func tional board TA5110 2DI2DOT 11 3 Failed to set direction Replace with correct func tional board TA5110 2DI2DOT 11 4 Parameter wrong Verify setting of parameter Run on config fault LED State Color LED OFF LED ON Inputs I...

Page 69: ... DC for 0 5 s Max power dissipation within the module 0 7 W Weight 15 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet Table 31 Technical data of the digital inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 2 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group for 2 channels Connections o...

Page 70: ...nels O0 to O1 Terminals 4 to 5 Reference potential for the channels O0 to O17 Terminal 7 negative pole of the process voltage name ZP Common power supply voltage Terminal 6 positive pole of the process voltage name UP Indication of the output signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is on when the output signal is high signal 1 and the module is powered via the I O bus Monitoring point of output i...

Page 71: ...shielded On request Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 187 000 R0003 TA5110 2DI2DOT AC500 option board for digital I O extension 2DI 24 V DC 2DO T 24 V DC 0 5 A spring cable front terminal 3 50 mm pitch Active Spare parts 1SAP 187 400 R0014 TA5220 SPF7 spring terminal block removable 7 pin spring front cable front 6 pieces per packing unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are ava...

Page 72: ...500 eCo V3 PLCs Information can be found in the chapter system technology see Information can be found in the chapter system technology see Information about the integration of the PLC in KNX can be found here The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software 1 In the device tree double click the desired option board 2 Select the TA51xx Parameters tab to edit the ...

Page 73: ...ernal CPU connection Additional current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at CPU Max 25 mA Weight 14 g Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 187 200 R0001 TA5130 KNXPB AC500 option board KNX adress push button Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations State LEDs Technical data Ordering data D...

Page 74: ... chapter system technology see Information can be found in the chapter system technology see The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software 1 In the device tree double click the desired option board 2 Select the TA51xx Parameters tab to edit the parameterization of the desired option board Intended pur pose Functionality Parameteriza tion Device specifications ...

Page 75: ...n Product life cycle phase 1SAP 187 200 R0002 TA5131 RTC AC500 real time clock without battery option board for AC500 eCo V3 Basic CPU Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 3 1 2 6 TA5141 RS232I Option board for COMx serial communication 1 2 LEDs for communication state display TxD and RxD 2 Allocation...

Page 76: ...gnal Description 1 RTS Request To Send DCE is ready to accept data from the DTE 2 TxD Transmit data output 3 GND Common Ground 4 RxD Receive data input 5 CTS Clear To Send input DCE is ready to accept data from the DTE The maximum possible cable length of a serial connection subnet within a segment depends on the transmission rate RS 232 for point to point connection Parameter Value Transmission r...

Page 77: ...tocol Programmable Interface connector 5 pin terminal block male Usable CPUs PM50x2 Internal power supply Via internal CPU connection Additional current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at CPU Max 25 mA Weight Ca 15 g Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 187 300 R0001 TA5141 RS232I AC500 RS 232 option board for COMx serial commu nication spring cable front terminal 3 50 mm pitch ...

Page 78: ... for communication via Modbus RTU or CAA SerialCom Bus terminations are built in and configurable NOTICE Damage to the serial communication interface by using 5 pin terminal block of the TA5101 4DI If the 5 pin terminal block of the TA5101 4DI option board is plugged into a option board for COMx serial communication TA5141 RS232I TA5142 RS485I or TA5142 RS485 the communication interface will be da...

Page 79: ...oth line ends Remarks Commonly used telephone cables with PE insulation and a core diameter of 0 8 mm are usually sufficient Cables with PVC core insulation and core diameter of 0 8 mm can be used up to a length of approx 250 m In this case the bus terminating resistor is approx 100 Ω The maximum possible cable length of a serial connection subnet within a segment depends on the transmission rate ...

Page 80: ...ings Table 35 Configuration Settings on the module State of LEDs Internal wiring diagram Description Master at the bus line end pull up and pull down activated bus termination 120 Ω Device specifications Processor modules AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 80 ...

Page 81: ...f LEDs Internal wiring diagram Description Master within the bus line pull up and pull down activated Slave at the bus line end bus termination 120 Ω Device specifications Processor modules AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 81 ...

Page 82: ... double click the desired option board 2 Select the TA51xx Parameters tab to edit the parameterization of the desired option board Signal Color State Description TxD Yellow ON blinking Transmitting RxD Yellow ON blinking Receiving 120R Yellow ON Bus termination PUD Yellow ON Pull up Pull down Parameteriza tion State LEDs Device specifications Processor modules AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_...

Page 83: ...ly Via internal CPU connection Additional current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at CPU Max 25 mA Weight Ca 16 g Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 187 300 R0002 TA5142 RS485I AC500 RS 485 serial adapter isolated option board spring cable front terminal 3 50 mm pitch Active Spare parts 1SAP 187 400 R0012 TA5220 SPF5 spring terminal block removable 5 pin spring front cable fro...

Page 84: ...ion interface by using 5 pin terminal block of the TA5101 4DI If the 5 pin terminal block of the TA5101 4DI option board is plugged into a option board for COMx serial communication TA5141 RS232I TA5142 RS485I or TA5142 RS485 the communication interface will be damaged by the 24 V Please do not confuse the 5 pin terminal block of the TA5101 4DI with the 5 pin terminal block for serial communicatio...

Page 85: ...ables with PE insulation and a core diameter of 0 8 mm are usually sufficient Cables with PVC core insulation and core diameter of 0 8 mm can be used up to a length of approx 250 m In this case the bus terminating resistor is approx 100 Ω The maximum possible cable length of a serial connection subnet within a segment depends on the transmission rate RS 485 for point to point or bus connection Par...

Page 86: ...ings Table 38 Configuration Settings on the module State of LEDs Internal wiring diagram Description Master at the bus line end pull up and pull down activated bus termination 120 Ω Device specifications Processor modules AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 86 ...

Page 87: ...f LEDs Internal wiring diagram Description Master within the bus line pull up and pull down activated Slave at the bus line end bus termination 120 Ω Device specifications Processor modules AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 87 ...

Page 88: ... double click the desired option board 2 Select the TA51xx Parameters tab to edit the parameterization of the desired option board Signal Color State Description TxD Yellow ON blinking Transmitting RxD Yellow ON blinking Receiving 120R Yellow ON Bus termination PUD Yellow ON Pull up Pull down Parameteriza tion State LEDs Device specifications Processor modules AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_...

Page 89: ...nternal CPU connection Additional current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at CPU Max 25 mA Weight Ca 15 g Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 187 300 R0003 TA5142 RS485 AC500 RS 485 option board for COMx serial commu nication spring cable front terminal 3 50 mm pitch Active Spare parts 1SAP 187 400 R0012 TA5220 SPF5 spring terminal block removable 5 pin spring front cable front...

Page 90: ...ssor module 160 MB 8 GB flash disk with Ethernet support onboard Ethernet 2 network interfaces RJ45 CAN and COM1 on the terminal base XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available 1 6 7 segment state displays with backlight 2 Triangle displays for item 3 Square displays for state 4 3 state LEDs 5 8 function keys 6 Slot for memory card 7 Label 8 Compartment for lithium battery TA521 9 ...

Page 91: ...No CM582 DP PROFIBUS DP V0 V1 slave No No No No CM592 DP PROFIBUS DP V0 V1 master 1 1 1 1 CM579 ETHCAT EtherCAT master x x x x CM579 PNIO PROFINET IO RT controller x x x x CM589 PNIO PROFINET IO RT device 1 1 1 1 CM589 PNIO 4 PROFINET IO RT with 4 devices 1 1 1 1 CM597 ETH Ethernet interface No No No No CM588 CN CAN CANopen slave No No No No CM598 CN CAN CANopen master only CAN 2A 2B only CAN 2A 2...

Page 92: ...replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same...

Page 93: ...nstructions and the insertion replacement of the battery is described in detail in the chapter TA521 lithium battery Ä Chapter 1 8 2 4 TA521 Battery on page 897 AC500 processor modules are supplied without memory card It must be ordered separately The memory card can be used to read and write user files to download a user program for firmware updates Detailed information can be found in the system...

Page 94: ...pplicable to the XC version Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System data AC500 XC on page 1023 Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Parameter Value Connection of the supply voltage 24 V DC at the terminal base of the processor module Removable 5 pin terminal block with spring con nection Current consumption on 24 V DC Min typ module alone P...

Page 95: ...hereof user webserver data 7 MB 76 MB 144 MB 144 MB Remaining for all other usage project save infra structure 30 MB 285 MB 643 MB 643 MB Buffered SRAM 256 kB 256 kB 1 5 MB 1 5 MB Thereof VAR retain persistent 128 kB 128 kB 1024 kB 1024 kB Thereof M memory e g Modbus register 128 kB 128 kB 512 kB 512 kB Expandable memory None None None None Integrated mass storage memory FLASH None None None 8 GB ...

Page 96: ... Data buffering time at 25 C Typ 3 years Battery low indication via application program Real time clock With battery backup x Accuracy Typ 2 s day at 25 C Program execution Cyclic x Time controlled x Multitasking x Minimum cycle time configu rable for cyclical task 1 ms 1 ms 0 5 ms 0 5 ms User program protection by password x user management Internal interfaces for communication Serial interface C...

Page 97: ...iagram LD x Sequential function chart SFC x Continuous function chart CFC x Remarks 1 The values are for information only and cannot be fulfilled altogether The available resources are limited at the end by the maximal downloadable application size for each CPU Table 43 Combination of TB56xx 2ETH XC and PM56xx XC Processor module PM5630 PM5650 PM5670 PM5675 TB5600 2ETH 0 slot 0 slot 0 slot 0 slot ...

Page 98: ...No No No CM598 CN CAN CANopen master only CAN 2A 2B only CAN 2A 2B only CAN 2A 2B only CAN 2A 2B Type of AC500 S module supported SM560 S safety module x x x x SM560 S FD 1 safety module with F Device functionality for 1 PROFIsafe net work 1 1 1 1 SM560 S FD 4 safety module with F Device functionality for 1 PROFIsafe net work 1 1 1 1 Remarks 1 in preparation Table 45 OPC UA server OPC DA server Pr...

Page 99: ...or selectable Ethernet based protocols Active 1SAP 331 000 R0278 PM5630 2ETH XC processor module memory 8 MB 24 V DC memory card slot interface 1 RS 232 485 display 2 RJ45 independent onboard Ethernet TCP IP interfaces with Modbus TCP web server IEC60870 5 104 or selectable Ethernet based protocols XC version Active 1SAP 141 000 R0278 PM5650 2ETH processor module memory 80 MB 24 V DC memory card s...

Page 100: ...MB 8 GB flash disk 24 V DC memory card slot interface 1 RS 232 485 display 2 RJ45 independent onboard Ethernet TCP IP interfaces with Modbus TCP web server IEC60870 5 104 or selectable Ethernet based protocols Active 1SAP 351 500 R0278 PM5675 2ETH XC processor module memory 160 MB 8 GB flash disk 24 V DC memory card slot interface 1 RS 232 485 display 2 RJ45 independent onboard Ethernet TCP IP int...

Page 101: ...rks AC500 communication modules enable communication on different field buses are mounted on the left side of the processor module on the same terminal base are directly powered via the internal communication module bus of the terminal base A separate voltage source is not required Device specifications Communication modules AC500 standard Overview 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 101 ...

Page 102: ...dules on page 987 The communication between the processor module and the communication modules takes place via the communication module bus which is integrated in the terminal base Depending on the used terminal base up to 6 communication modules can be connected Ä Chapter 1 2 1 TB56xx for AC500 V3 products on page 4 There are no restrictions concerning which communication modules can be arranged ...

Page 103: ...00 S Applications CM579 PNIO controller CI501 PNIO CI502 PNIO x x x remote I O safety I O CM579 PNIO controller CI501 PNIO CI502 PNIO x hot swap I O Table 50 CANopen Communication module Communication interface module I O expansion module S500 I O expansion module S500 eCo I O expansion module S500 S Applications Onboard CAN interface CI581 CN CI582 CN remote I O Table 51 EtherCAT Communication mo...

Page 104: ...p 85 mA 128 kB 8 MB 4 or 8 MB 1 4 2 Compatibility of communication modules and communication interface modules Table 52 Modbus TCP Communication module Communication interface module I O expansion module S500 I O expansion module S500 eCo I O expansion module S500 S Applications Onboard Ethernet inter face CI521 MODTCP CI522 MODTCP x x high availability remote I O Table 53 PROFINET IO RT Communica...

Page 105: ...ommunication module Communication interface module I O expansion module S500 I O expansion module S500 eCo I O expansion module S500 S Applications CM579 ETHCAT master CI511 ETHCAT CI512 ETHCAT x x remote I O 1 4 3 CANopen 1 4 3 1 CM598 CN CANopen master CANopen master 1 Mbit s XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available Device specifications Communication modules AC500 standard CAN...

Page 106: ...munication over the CANopen field bus For use in extreme ambient conditions e g wider temperature and humidity range a special XC version of the device is available The AC500 V3 CPUs only support CAN 2A 2B protocol on the communication module CM598 CAN Support of CANopen protocol is in preparation Device specifications Communication modules AC500 standard CANopen 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 106 ...

Page 107: ... connector Make sure that the terminal block is always connected to the terminal base or communication module even if you do not use the interface The maximum possible bus length of a CAN network depends on bit rate transmission rate and cable type The sum of all bus segments must not exceed the maximum bus length Bit Rate speed Bus Length 1 Mbit s 40 m 800 kbit s 50 m 500 kbit s 100 m 250 kbit s ...

Page 108: ... ends of the data lines have to be terminated with a 120 W bus terminating resistor The bus terminating resistor is usually installed directly at the bus connector 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 6 6 6 120 120 Node 1 Node 2 Node N 5 5 Fig 4 CANopen interface bus terminating resistors connected to the line ends 1 CAN_GND 2 CAN_L 3 Shield 4 CAN_H 5 Data line shielded twisted pair 6 COMBICON connection CANop...

Page 109: ...ower supply 7 COMBICON connection DeviceNet interface 8 Data lines twisted pair cables 9 red 10 black 11 white 12 blue 13 bare The grounding of the shield should take place at the switchgear Please refer to Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 Device specifications Communication modules AC500 standard CANopen 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 109 ...

Page 110: ...vent NMT Slave or NMTmaster or a heartbeat event Heartbeat consumer has occurred OFF No Error Device is in working condition CAN RUN Yellow Blinking synchronously No production data available no bus communication possible CAN ERR Yellow LED state during firmware update CAN RUN Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware update CAN ERR Red CAN RUN Green...

Page 111: ...C power supply at the Terminal Base of the CPU Typ 65 mA Number of Slaves Max 126 Number of receive transmit PDOs Max 512 respectively for receive and transmit Total quantity of input and output data Max 3584 byte respectively for input and output Weight Ca 150 g 1 4 3 1 5 Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 173 800 R0001 CM598 CN communication module CANopen master Act...

Page 112: ...tion module is configured via the dual port memory by means of a system config urator The configuration is saved on a non volatile Flash EPROM memory 1 4 4 1 2 Connections Field bus interfaces The EtherCAT communication module provides 2 RJ45 interfaces with the following pin assign ment The pin assignment is used for the EtherCAT slaves communication interface modules CI5xy ETHCAT as well Device ...

Page 113: ...egarding wiring and cable types see chapter Ethernet Ä Chapter 2 6 4 7 Ethernet connection details on page 997 The EtherCAT network differentiates between input connectors IN and output connectors OUT At the EtherCAT slaves communication interface modules the ETH1 con nector is IN and the ETH2 connector is OUT At the EtherCAT master communication module the ETHCAT1 connector has to be used The ETH...

Page 114: ...data available no bus communication possible STA2 Yellow LED state during firmware update STA1 Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware update STA2 Red STA1 Green Blinking alternately Communication module writes the firmware file to the internal flash Do not power off the PLC STA2 Red The RJ45 Ethernet connector contains two LEDs showing the current...

Page 115: ...ot TB5600 Ä Chapter 1 2 1 TB56xx for AC500 V3 products on page 4 Ambient temperature System data AC500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 System Data AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System data AC500 XC on page 1023 Current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at the terminal base of the CPU Typ 85 mA Internal supply Via the communication module interface of the terminal base Number of slaves...

Page 116: ... of new installations 1 4 5 PROFINET 1 4 5 1 CM579 PNIO PROFINET IO RT controller PROFINET IO controller Integrated 2 port switch XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available 1 5 LEDs for state display 2 2 rotary switches for address setting not used 3 Label 4 2 communication interfaces RJ45 PNIO1 and PNIO2 Sign for XC version Device specifications Communication modules AC500 standar...

Page 117: ...9x Ä Chapter 1 3 2 1 PM56xx 2ETH for AC500 V3 products on page 90 Usable terminal bases All TB56xx not TB5600 Ä Chapter 1 2 1 TB56xx for AC500 V3 products on page 4 Field bus connector 2 RJ45 PNIO1 and PNIO2 with integrated 2 port switch Internal supply Via the communication module interface of the terminal base 1 4 5 1 3 Connections Field bus interfaces The communication module provides 2 RJ45 in...

Page 118: ...ation regarding wiring and cable types see chapter Ethernet Ä Chapter 2 6 4 7 Ethernet connection details on page 997 Device specifications Communication modules AC500 standard PROFINET 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 118 ...

Page 119: ...d Off No bus error communication is running STA1 Yellow Blinking synchronously No production data available no bus communication possible STA2 Yellow LED state during firmware update STA1 Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware update STA2 Red STA1 Green Blinking alternately Communication module writes the firmware file to the internal flash Do not...

Page 120: ...ort switch Switch Integrated Technology Hilscher NETX 100 Transfer rate 100 Mbit s full duplex Transfer method According to Ethernet II IEEE 802 3 Ethernet 100 base TX internal switch 2x RJ45 socket Bus length segment length max 100 m Indicators 5 LEDs Usable terminal bases All TB5xx All TB56xx not TB5600 Ä Chapter 1 2 1 TB56xx for AC500 V3 products on page 4 Supported alarm types Process alarm di...

Page 121: ...0 1024 bytes per I O module 4096 bytes in total CM579 PNIO FW 2 4 8 0 1440 bytes per I O module PM5630 PM5650 4096 bytes in total PM567x 5120 bytes in total Min bus cycle 1 ms Conformance class CC A CM579 PNIO does not allow setting Station name by using PROFINET service DCP SET NameOfStation 1 4 5 1 6 Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 170 901 R0101 CM579 PNIO PROFINE...

Page 122: ...ring operation Conditions for hot swapping Digital outputs are not under load Input output voltages above safety extra low voltage protective extra low voltages SELV PELV are switched off Modules are completely plugged on the terminal unit with both snap fit engaged before switching on loads or input output voltage Hot swap Further information about hot swap 1 5 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ether...

Page 123: ...ply voltages UP and UP3 7 DIN rail The Ethernet communication interface modules plug into the Ethernet terminal unit When properly seated they are secured with two mechanical locks All the connections are made through the Ethernet terminal unit which allows removal and replacement of the Ethernet communication interface modules without disturbing the wiring at the Ethernet terminal unit The Ethern...

Page 124: ...chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard on page 971 For information about mechanical dimensions please refer to the Mechan ical dimensions S500 chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 2 3 Mechanical dimensions S500 on page 979 The terminals 1 8 and 2 8 as well as 1 9 2 9 and 3 9 are electrically interconnected within the terminal unit and have always the same assignment independent of the inserted module Terminals 1 8...

Page 125: ...rface module Distribution of the channels into groups 3 groups of max 8 channels each 1 0 1 7 2 0 2 7 3 0 3 7 the allocation of the chan nels is given by the inserted Ethernet bus module Network interface connector 2 RJ45 8 pole Rated voltage 24 V DC Max permitted total current 10 A via the supply terminals UP UP3 and ZP Ethernet 10 100 base TX or 100 base TX depending on CI5xx module plugged in 2...

Page 126: ...s XC version TU516 H I O terminal unit hot swap 24 V DC spring terminals TU516 H XC I O terminal unit hot swap 24 V DC spring terminals XC version TU541 I O terminal unit 24 V DC screw terminals TU542 I O terminal unit 24 V DC spring terminals TU542 XC I O terminal unit 24 V DC spring terminals XC version TU542 H I O terminal unit hot swap 24 V DC spring terminals TU542 H XC I O terminal unit hot ...

Page 127: ... the adjacent terminal unit can be shoved from each other 5 Holes for screw mounting 6 40 terminals for signals and process supply voltage 7 DIN rail 8 White border signifies hot swap capability of the terminal unit WARNING Risk of explosion or fire in hazardous environments during hot swapping Hot swap must not be performed in flammable environments to avoid life threatening injury and property d...

Page 128: ...n improperly NOTICE Risk of damage to I O modules Hot swapping is only allowed for I O modules Processor modules and communication interface modules must not be removed or inserted during operation H Hot swap Hot swap System requirements for hot swapping of I O modules Types of terminal units that support hot swapping of I O modules have the appendix TU5xx H I O modules as of index F0 The followin...

Page 129: ...s part of the I O configuration For min required device index see table below Device Min required device index for I O module as of FW Version 3 0 14 AC522 XC F0 AI523 XC D2 AI531 D4 AI531 XC D2 AI561 B2 AI562 B2 AI563 B3 AO523 XC D2 AO561 B2 AX521 XC D2 AX522 XC D2 AX561 B2 CD522 XC D1 DA501 XC D2 DA502 XC F0 DC522 XC D2 DC523 XC D2 DC532 XC D2 DC561 B2 DC562 A2 DI524 XC D2 DI561 B2 DI562 B2 DI57...

Page 130: ...onditions Terminal units for use in extreme ambient conditions have no sign for XC version The figure 4 in the Part no 1SAP4 lable identifies the XC version Screw terminals Spring terminals Conductor 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 Screwdriver Conductor 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 Screwdriver opens ter minal XC version Terminals Device specifications Terminal units AC500 standard TU515 TU516 TU541 and TU542 for I O m...

Page 131: ...ls are internally con nected with assign ment process supply voltage ZP 0 V Separate process supply voltage ZP 0 V Separate process supply voltage ZP 0 V The assignment of the other terminals depends on the inserted communication interface module see the description of the respective module used 1 5 2 1 Technical data The system data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 ...

Page 132: ...ot swap 24 V DC spring terminals Active 1SAP 213 000 R0001 TU541 I O terminal unit 24 V DC screw terminals Active 1SAP 213 200 R0001 TU542 I O terminal unit 24 V DC spring terminals Active 1SAP 413 200 R0001 TU542 XC I O terminal unit 24 V DC spring terminals XC version Active 1SAP 215 200 R0001 TU542 H I O terminal unit hot swap 24 V DC spring terminals Active 1SAP 415 200 R0001 TU542 H XC I O te...

Page 133: ... communication interface modules plug into the terminal unit When properly plugged in they are secured with two mechanical locks All the connections are established via the terminal unit which allows removal and replacement of the communication interface modules without disturbing the wiring at the terminal unit The terminal units TU517 and TU518 are specifically designed for use with AC500 S500 c...

Page 134: ...ase refer to the Mechan ical dimensions S500 chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 2 3 Mechanical dimensions S500 on page 979 The terminals 2 8 3 8 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the terminal unit and always have the same assignment irrespective of the inserted communication interface module Terminals 2 8 and 3 8 process supply voltage UP 24 V DC Terminal 4 8 process supply voltage UP3 24 ...

Page 135: ... printed circuit board Spring terminals Front terminal conductor connection vertically with respect to the printed circuit board Weight 200 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical 1 5 3 2 Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 211 400 R0001 TU517 terminal unit 24 V DC screw terminals Active 1SAP 211 200 R0001 TU518 terminal unit 24 V DC spring terminals Active 1SAP 411 ...

Page 136: ... output modules I O modules plug into the I O terminal unit When properly plugged in they are secured with two mechanical locks All the connections are established via the terminal unit which allows removal and replacement of the I O modules without disturbing the wiring at the terminal unit The terminal units TU531 and TU532 are specifically designed for use with AC500 S500 I O modules that incor...

Page 137: ...llation improperly NOTICE Risk of damage to I O modules Hot swapping is only allowed for I O modules Processor modules and communication interface modules must not be removed or inserted during operation H Hot swap Hot swap System requirements for hot swapping of I O modules Types of terminal units that support hot swapping of I O modules have the appendix TU5xx H I O modules as of index F0 The fo...

Page 138: ...0 14 is part of the I O configuration For min required device index see table below Device Min required device index for I O module as of FW Version 3 0 14 AC522 XC F0 AI523 XC D2 AI531 D4 AI531 XC D2 AI561 B2 AI562 B2 AI563 B3 AO523 XC D2 AO561 B2 AX521 XC D2 AX522 XC D2 AX561 B2 CD522 XC D1 DA501 XC D2 DA502 XC F0 DC522 XC D2 DC523 XC D2 DC532 XC D2 DC561 B2 DC562 A2 DI524 XC D2 DI561 B2 DI562 B...

Page 139: ...reme conditions Terminal units for use in extreme ambient conditions have no sign for XC version The figure 4 in the Part no 1SAP4 label identifies the XC version Screw terminals Spring terminals Conductor 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 Screwdriver Conductor 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 Screwdriver opens ter minal XC version Terminals Device specifications Terminal units AC500 standard TU531 and TU532 for I O modules...

Page 140: ...f the inserted module Terminals 1 8 to 4 8 process supply voltage UP 24 V DC Terminals 1 9 to 4 9 process supply voltage ZP 0 V The assignment of the other terminals depends on the inserted communication interface module see the description of the respective module used The supply voltage of 24 V DC for the module s circuitry comes from the I O expansion bus I O bus 1 5 4 1 Technical data The syst...

Page 141: ...annel or the supply input which is internally connected to the terminal 2 The terminals are connected to the electronic module via internal connectors X22 or 3b X23 or 3b X32 X33 and X34 The current per terminal is limited by the permitted current of these connectors 1 5 4 2 Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 217 200 R0001 TU531 terminal unit 230 V AC relays screw term...

Page 142: ...cation interface modules must not be removed or inserted during operation Conditions for hot swapping Digital outputs are not under load Input output voltages above safety extra low voltage protective extra low voltages SELV PELV are switched off Modules are completely plugged on the terminal unit with both snap fit engaged before switching on loads or input output voltage Hot swap Further informa...

Page 143: ...the following devices via the I O bus connector S500 communication interface modules e g CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN AC500 CPUs other AC500 I O modules The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA communication interface modules The module contains 16 digital channels in 1 group each channel can be used as a digital 24 V DC input or 24 V DC output Device specif...

Page 144: ...stablished out by using the 20 pin Interfast connector For further informa tion refer to the Interfast documentation The assignment of the terminals Table 61 Assignment of the terminals for DC561 PIN Signal Description 1 C0 Input output signal C0 2 C1 Input output signal C1 3 C2 Input output signal C2 4 C3 Input output signal C3 5 C4 Input output signal C4 6 C5 Input output signal C5 7 C6 Input ou...

Page 145: ...a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC mod...

Page 146: ... the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6100 1 WORD 6100 0x17D4...

Page 147: ...wing interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 mod...

Page 148: ... for 16 channels Surge voltage max 35 V DC for 0 5 s Max power dissipation within the module On request Input data length 2 bytes Output data length 2 bytes Weight Ca 115 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occ...

Page 149: ...s Parameter Value Number of channels per module 16 configurable transistor outputs Distribution of the channels into groups 1 16 channels per group Connections of the channels C0 to C15 Terminals 1 to 16 Reference potential for the channels C0 to C15 Terminals 18 and 20 negative pole of the process voltage signal name ZP Common power supply voltage Terminals 17 and 19 positive pole of the process ...

Page 150: ...tation No Resistance to feedback against 24 V DC signals Yes Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 150 m Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1TNE 968 902 R2001 DC561 digital input output module 16 configurable inputs outputs transistor output interfast connector Classic Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stoc...

Page 151: ... decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The inputs outputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the inputs outputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI59...

Page 152: ...C500 eCo on page 925 The connection is carried out by using a removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal block These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construc...

Page 153: ...Assignment of the terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 Reserved 2 C0 Input output signal C0 3 C1 Input output signal C1 4 C2 Input output signal C2 5 C3 Input output signal C3 6 C4 Input output signal C4 7 C5 Input output signal C5 Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 153 ...

Page 154: ...eable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ig...

Page 155: ...C9 14 C11 15 C12 16 C13 17 C14 18 C15 19 UP 20 ZP In this connection example the inputs outputs C0 C7 are connected as inputs and the inputs outputs C8 C15 are connected as outputs The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 2 6 Diagnosis on page 157 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 2 7 State LEDs on page 157 Device specificatio...

Page 156: ...r software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6155 1 WORD 6155 0x180B 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length 2 Internal 1 CPU BYTE 0 0 255 xx0...

Page 157: ...r applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 Bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 Module itself 1 10 expansion module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel err...

Page 158: ... bytes Weight Ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical data of the digital inputs outputs if used as inputs Parameter Value Numbe...

Page 159: ...ps 1 16 channels per group Connections of the channels C0 to C15 Terminals 1 to 16 Reference potential for the channels C0 to C15 Terminal 20 negative pole of the process voltage signal name ZP Common power supply voltage Terminal 19 positive pole of the process voltage signal name UP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 The ...

Page 160: ...00 DC562 digital input output module 16 configurable inputs outputs transistor output Active 1TNE 968 901 R3101 Terminal block TA563 9 9 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3102 Terminal block TA563 11 11 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 ...

Page 161: ...2 holes for wall mounting with screws 7 DIN rail Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The inputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the i...

Page 162: ...t by using a removable 9 pin terminal block These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the digital inputs I0 2 I1 3 I2 4 I3 5 I4 6 I5 7 I6 ...

Page 163: ...ld result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and sh...

Page 164: ...rization via software If the external power supply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard appl...

Page 165: ...rror in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module ...

Page 166: ...110 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet Technical data of the digital inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 inputs 24 V DC 24 V AC Distribution of the channels into groups 1 8 channels per group Connections of the channels I0 to I7 Terminals 2 to 9 Reference p...

Page 167: ...s are used with 24 V AC external surge limiting filters are required Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1TNE 968 902 R2101 DI561 digital input module 8 DI 24 V DC 24 V AC Active 1TNE 968 901 R3101 Terminal block TA563 9 9 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TN...

Page 168: ...lized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The inputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other The other electronic circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the inputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA comm...

Page 169: ...rminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw type terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the digital inputs I0 2 I1 3 I2 4 I3 5 I4 6 I5 7 I6 8 I7 9 C0 7 1 I8 11 I9 12...

Page 170: ...increases by 10 mA per DI562 An external power supply connection is not needed WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect...

Page 171: ...NOTICE Risk of malfunctions in the plant A ground fault e g caused by a damaged cable insulation can bridge switches accidentally Use sink inputs when possible or make sure that in case of error there will be no risks to persons or plant The following figure shows the connection of the digital input module DI562 1 2 C0 7 I0 4 I2 3 I1 5 I3 6 I4 7 I5 8 I6 9 I7 10 11 C8 15 I8 13 I10 12 I9 14 I11 15 I...

Page 172: ...f the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6110 1 WORD 6110 0x17DE 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No...

Page 173: ...rror Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applie...

Page 174: ...ber of channels per module 16 inputs 24 V DC 24 V AC Distribution of the channels into groups 2 8 channels per group Connections of the channels I0 to I7 Terminals 2 to 9 Connections of the channels I8 to I15 Terminals 11 to 18 Reference potential for the channels I0 to I7 Terminal 1 positive or negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name C0 7 Reference potential for the channels I8 to...

Page 175: ...tal input module 16 DI 24 V DC 24 V AC Active 1TNE 968 901 R3101 Terminal block TA563 9 9 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3102 Terminal block TA563 11 11 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw fro...

Page 176: ...ut signals 11 pin 7 2 holes for wall mounting with screws 8 DIN rail Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The inputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically...

Page 177: ... the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 925 The connection is carried out by using removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The followin...

Page 178: ...al I1 4 N1 Neutral conductor for the input signal I1 5 I2 Input signal I2 6 N2 Neutral conductor for the input signal I2 7 I3 Input signal I3 8 N3 Neutral conductor for the input signal I3 9 Reserved 10 I4 Input signal I4 11 N4 Neutral conductor for the input signal I4 12 I5 Input signal I5 13 N5 Neutral conductor for the input signal I5 14 I6 Input signal I6 Device specifications I O modules Digi...

Page 179: ...nplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure t...

Page 180: ... if a voltage 240 V is con nected Make sure that all inputs are fed from the same phase The module must not be connected to a 400 V voltage The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 5 7 Diagnosis on page 182 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 5 8 State LEDs on page 182 Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 0...

Page 181: ...arameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of the modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6115 1 WORD 6115 0x17E3 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x...

Page 182: ... In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O...

Page 183: ...hannels per module 8 AC inputs 100 240 V AC Distribution of the channels into groups 8 1 channel per group Input voltage range 0 V AC 264 V AC 47 Hz 63 Hz Input current per channel typically at 25 C 5 mA at 40 V AC 6 mA at 159 V AC 50 Hz 7 mA at 159 V AC 60 Hz Connections of the channels I0 to I7 Terminals 1 3 5 7 10 12 14 16 Reference potential for the channels I0 to I7 Terminals 2 4 6 8 11 13 15...

Page 184: ...eces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for p...

Page 185: ...entralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The inputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the inputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA communicat...

Page 186: ...le 9 pin and 11 pin terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately I1 2 I0 1 I3 4 I2 3 I5 6 I4 5 I7 8 I6 7 I9 11 I8 10 LI1 1 13 I10 12 I13 15 I12 14 I15 17 I14 16 N0 7 9 N8 15 18 19 20 Fig 6...

Page 187: ...als I8 I15 19 Reserved 20 Reserved The internal power supply voltage for the module s circuitry is carried out via the I O bus provided by a communication interface module or a CPU Thus the current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at the terminals L UP and M ZP of the CPU communication interface module increases by 10 mA per DI572 An external power supply connection is not needed WARNING Risk...

Page 188: ...ition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all vo...

Page 189: ... all inputs are fed from the same phase The module must not be connected to a 400 V voltage The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 6 6 Diagnosis on page 191 I O configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bus CPU or communication interface module during power up of the system De...

Page 190: ... necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Param eter name Value Internal value Data type of internal value Default value Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6160 1 WORD 6160 0x1810 0 65535 xx01 2 Ignore module No 0 BYTE No 0x00 Yes 1 Parameter length Internal 3 BYTE 3 0 255 xx02 2 Input delay 20 ms 0 BYTE 20 ms 0x00 0 1 100 ms 1 1 With CS31 and addresses less than 70 t...

Page 191: ... 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 Bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master module error I...

Page 192: ... Number of channels per module 16 AC inputs 100 240 V AC Distribution of the channels into groups 2 8 channels per group Input voltage range 0 V AC 264 V AC 47 Hz 63 Hz Input current per channel typically at 25 C 3 mA at 40 V AC 6 mA at 164 V AC 8 mA at 240 V AC Connections of the channels I0 I7 Terminals 1 8 Connections of the channels I8 I15 Terminals 10 17 Reference potential for the channels I...

Page 193: ...ck TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are ...

Page 194: ...ion module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The outputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the outputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA communication interface modul...

Page 195: ...locks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the digital outputs O0 11 O1 12 O2 13 O3 14 O4 15 O5 16 O6 17 O7 18 10 UP 19 ZP 20 Table 66 Assignment of the te...

Page 196: ...witched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are...

Page 197: ...tages Use an external 3 A fast protection fuse for the outputs The module provides several diagnosis functions see Diagnosis Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 7 6 Diag nosis on page 198 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 7 7 State LEDs on page 199 I O configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization data from the maste...

Page 198: ...0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length Internal 1 BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 2 1 with CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x03 0xE9 0x17 0x00 Diagnosis E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identifier 000 063 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev...

Page 199: ...2 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or P...

Page 200: ...ule max 1 6 W Weight Ca 115 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical data of the digital outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per ...

Page 201: ...s With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz at max 5 W Short circuit proof Overload proof No Overload message No Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 24 V DC No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 150 m Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1TNE 968 902 R2201 DO561 digital output mod...

Page 202: ...O15 in 1 group Module wise galvanically isolated 1 I O bus 2 16 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the outputs O0 to O15 3 Terminal number 4 Allocation of signal name 5 Terminal block for output signals 9 pin 6 Terminal block for output signals 11 pin 7 2 holes for wall mounting with screws 8 DIN rail Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 202 ...

Page 203: ... I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process supply voltage 24 V DC Connections For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and connection of the module please refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 925 The connection is carried out by using removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection sys...

Page 204: ...Reserved 2 O0 Output signal O0 3 O1 Output signal O1 4 O2 Output signal O2 5 O3 Output signal O3 6 O4 Output signal O4 7 O5 Output signal O5 8 O6 Output signal O6 9 O7 Output signal O7 10 Reserved 11 O8 Output signal O8 12 O9 Output signal O9 13 O10 Output signal O10 14 O11 Output signal O11 Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 204 ...

Page 205: ...tage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable mat...

Page 206: ... O5 8 O6 9 O7 NOTICE Risk of malfunctions in the plant The outputs may switch on for a period of 10 to 50 µs if the process supply voltage UP ZP is switched on This must be considered in the planning of the application Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 206 ...

Page 207: ...nal power supply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt ...

Page 208: ...ier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies dependent of the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 Module itself COM1 COM2 1...

Page 209: ...5 V DC for 0 5 s Max power dissipation within the module 1 4 W Weight Ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical data of the digita...

Page 210: ...on when inductive loads are switched off Must be performed externally according to driven load specification Switching Frequencies With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz at max 5 W Short circuit proof Overload proof No Overload message No Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 24 V DC No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Max cable length Shiel...

Page 211: ...ont 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 1 1 9 DO571 Digital output module 8 digital normally open relay outputs 24 V DC 24 V AC or 100 240 V AC 2 A max NO0 to NO7 in 2 groups Group...

Page 212: ...ion module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The outputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the outputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA communication interface modul...

Page 213: ...rminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the digital outputs NO2 12 NO1 11 R0 3 14 NO3 13 NO6 17 NO5 16 R4 7 19 NO7 18 NO0 10 NO4 15 L 20 Table 68 Assignment of the terminals Terminal Signal Description 10 NO0 Normally op...

Page 214: ...n with operations on the system For screw type terminals only WARNING For screw terminals only Danger of death by electric shock The IP 20 protection degree is only provided if all terminal screws are tightened Tighten all screws of unused load terminals of relay outputs if voltages 24 V are connected to the relay group WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal...

Page 215: ...ng the PLC modules The PLC modules can be damaged by overload Make sure that the total current of each output common terminal R0 3 and R4 7 does not exceed 8 A Never connect total currents 8 A per group If the group fuse protection is not sufficient then individual fuse protection of the outputs should be used The following figure shows the connection of the module 10 11 NO0 NO1 13 NO3 12 NO2 14 R...

Page 216: ... short circuit or overload the outputs Never connect inductive loads without an external suppression against voltage peaks due to inductive kickback Never connect voltages 240 V All outputs must be supplied from the same phase Use an external 5 A fast protection fuse for the outputs 24 VDC CPU or Bus Module DO571 20 L UP I O Bus M ZP L Fig 9 Power supply the negative connection is realized via the...

Page 217: ...P terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system con...

Page 218: ...al error in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 Bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does n...

Page 219: ...inal 20 for L 24 V DC The negative pole is provided by the I O bus Rated value 24 V DC Current consumption via L 50 mA Inrush current at power up 0 0035 A s Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse for UP Recommended the outputs must be pro tected by a 3 A fast acting fuse Current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at the L UP and M ZP terminals of the CPU comm...

Page 220: ...e is powered via the I O bus Way of operation Non latching type Relay output voltage Rated value 24 V DC 24 V AC or 120 240 V AC Output delay Switching 0 to 1 max Typ 10 ms Switching 1 to 0 max Typ 10 ms Output data length 1 byte Output current Rated current per channel max 2 0 A 24 V DC 24 V AC 48 V AC 120 V AC 240 V AC only resistive loads 2 0 A 24 V AC 48 V AC 120 V AC only pilot duty 1 5 A 240...

Page 221: ...8 DO relay output Active 1TNE 968 901 R3102 Terminal block TA563 11 11 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended f...

Page 222: ...entralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The outputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the outputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA communic...

Page 223: ...age 925 The connection is carried out by using removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the di...

Page 224: ...N0 Neutral conductor for the output signal O0 3 O1 Output signal O1 4 N1 Neutral conductor for the output signal O1 5 Reserved 6 O2 Output signal O2 7 N2 Neutral conductor for the output signal O2 8 O3 Output signal O3 9 N3 Neutral conductor for the output signal O3 10 Reserved 11 O4 Output signal O4 Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 224 ...

Page 225: ...sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched o...

Page 226: ...operations on the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages The following figure shows the connection of the module 1 2 O0 N0 4 N1 3 O1 5 6 O2 7 N2 8 O3 9 N3 10 11 O4 13 O5 12 N4 14 N5 15 16 O6 17 N6 18 O7 19 N7 20 L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR...

Page 227: ...l power supply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt th...

Page 228: ... 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 Bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 ...

Page 229: ...ar cabinet No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical data of the digital outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 triac outputs Distribution of the channels into groups 8 groups 1 channel per group Connection of the channels O0 to O7 Terminals 1 3 5 7 10 12 14 16 Reference potenti...

Page 230: ...ternal fuse or circuit breaker Overload message No Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 230 V AC No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not applicable Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 150 m Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1TNE 968 902 R2203 DO572 digital output module 8 DO triac output Active 1TNE 968 901 R3101 Terminal block TA563 9 9 pi...

Page 231: ...ycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 1 1 11 DO573 Digital output module 16 digital normally open relay outputs 24 V DC or 100 240 V AC NO0 to NO15 in 2 groups 2 A max Group wise galvanically isolated 1 I O bus 2 16 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the outputs O0 to O15 3 Terminal number Device specifications I ...

Page 232: ...ays For signal states Internal power supply Via I O bus External power supply Via the terminals L process voltage 24 V DC and M 0 V DC the M terminal is connected to the M terminal of the CPU via the I O bus Connections For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and connection of the module please refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 925 The connection i...

Page 233: ...the output NO3 5 NO4 Normally open contact of the output NO4 6 NO5 Normally open contact of the output NO5 7 NO6 Normally open contact of the output NO6 8 NO7 Normally open contact of the output NO7 9 R0 7 Output common for signals NO0 to NO7 10 NO8 Normally open contact of the output NO8 11 NO9 Normally open contact of the output NO9 12 NO10 Normally open contact of the output NO10 13 NO11 Normal...

Page 234: ...with operations on the system For screw type terminals only WARNING For screw terminals only Danger of death by electric shock The IP 20 protection degree is only provided if all terminal screws are tightened Tighten all screws of unused load terminals of relay outputs if voltages 24 V are connected to the relay group WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal o...

Page 235: ... Use an external 5 A fast protection fuse for the outputs NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules The PLC modules can be damaged by overload Make sure that the total current of each output common terminal R0 7 and R8 15 does not exceed 10 A Never connect total currents 10 A per group If the group fuse protection is not sufficient then individual fuse protection of the outputs should be used The fo...

Page 236: ...O13 16 NO14 17 NO15 18 R8 15 19 L 20 M 24 V DC 1 2 NO0 NO1 4 NO3 3 NO2 5 NO4 6 NO5 7 NO6 8 NO7 9 R0 7 24 V DC 24 V DC Fig 10 Connection of 24 V DC actuators Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 236 ...

Page 237: ... AC 240 V AC L N Fig 11 Connection of 100 240 V AC actuators The module provides several diagnosis functions see section Diagnosis Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 11 6 Diagnosis on page 239 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 10 7 State LEDs on page 229 Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 237 ...

Page 238: ...g power up of the system Hence replacing I O modules is possible without any re parameterization via software If the external power supply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software T...

Page 239: ...0 0x00 Diagnosis E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identi fier 000 06 3 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 PNIO diag nosis block Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error Identi fier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 4...

Page 240: ...le itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR Hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or PNIO module type 2 DO COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 4 In case of module errors with channel 31 Module itself is output S...

Page 241: ...e ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical data of the digital outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 16 normally open relay outputs Distribution of the channels into groups 2 8 channels per group Connection of the channels NO0 to NO...

Page 242: ...Output type Non protected Protection type External fuse 1 Rated protection fuse 5 A fast Short circuit proof Overload proof No should be provided by an external fuse or circuit breaker Overload message No Output current limitation No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Lifetime of relay contacts cycles 100 000 at rated load Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 150 m 1 Per group ...

Page 243: ...al block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 1 1 12 DX561 Digital input output module 8 digital inputs 24 V DC I0 to I7 in 1 group 8 digital...

Page 244: ...wall mounting with screws 9 DIN rail Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The inputs and outputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the i...

Page 245: ...ease refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 925 The connection is carried out by using removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately...

Page 246: ...1 C0 7 Input common for signals I0 to I7 2 I0 Input signal I0 3 I1 Input signal I1 4 I2 Input signal I2 5 I3 Input signal I3 6 I4 Input signal I4 7 I5 Input signal I5 8 I6 Input signal I6 9 I7 Input signal I7 10 Reserved 11 O0 Output signal O0 12 O1 Output signal O1 13 O2 Output signal O2 Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 246 ...

Page 247: ...e a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same appli...

Page 248: ...7 I5 8 I6 9 I7 I4 24 V DC AC Fig 13 Connection of inputs sink inputs 24 V DC AC 1 2 C0 7 I0 4 I2 3 I1 5 I3 6 7 I5 8 I6 9 I7 I4 Fig 14 Connection of inputs source inputs The following figure shows the connection of the outputs to the module Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 248 ...

Page 249: ...s Use an external 3 A fast protection fuse for the outputs The module provides several diagnosis functions see chapter Diagnosis Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 12 6 Diagnosis on page 251 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the Displays section Ä Chapter 1 6 1 1 12 7 State LEDs on page 252 chapter I O configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization data fro...

Page 250: ... necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6135 1 WORD 6135 0x17F7 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length Internal 1 BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 2 1 with CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7...

Page 251: ...rameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocati...

Page 252: ... pro tected by an 3 A fast acting fuse Current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at the L UP and M ZP terminals of the CPU com munication interface module Ca 10 mA Galvanic isolation Yes between the input group and the output group and the rest of the module Isolated groups 2 groups 1 group for 8 input channels 1 group for 8 output channels Surge voltage max 35 V DC for 0 5 s Max power dissipa...

Page 253: ...V Typ 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 5 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max permissible leakage current at 2 wire proximity switches 1 mA Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 8 ms Input data length 1 byte Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 300 m Technical data of the digital outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 transistor outputs 24 V DC 0 5 A max Distribution of the channels into groups 1 g...

Page 254: ...ies With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz at max 5 W Short circuit proof Overload proof No Overload message No Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 24 V DC No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 150 m Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1TNE 968 902 R2301 DX561 digital input ou...

Page 255: ... spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 1 1 13 DX571 Digital input output module 8 digital inputs 24 V DC 24 V AC I0 to I7 in 1 group 8 digital normally open relay outputs 24 V DC 24 V AC or 100 240 V AC 2 A max NO0 to NO7 in 2 groups Group wise galvanically ...

Page 256: ... wall mounting with screws 9 DIN rail Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The inputs and outputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the ...

Page 257: ...n of the module please refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 925 The connection is carried out by using removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ...

Page 258: ...for signals I0 to I7 2 I0 Input signal I0 3 I1 Input signal I1 4 I2 Input signal I2 5 I3 Input signal I3 6 I4 Input signal I4 7 I5 Input signal I5 8 I6 Input signal I6 9 I7 Input signal I7 10 NO0 Normally open contact of the output 0 11 NO1 Normally open contact of the output 1 12 NO2 Normally open contact of the output 2 Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 ...

Page 259: ...d for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could r...

Page 260: ...13 6 Diag nosis on page 264 The digital inputs can be used as source inputs or as sink inputs NOTICE Risk of malfunctions in the plant A ground fault e g caused by a damaged cable insulation can bridge switches accidentally Use sink inputs when possible or make sure that in case of error there will be no risks to persons or plant The following figures show the connection of the inputs to the digit...

Page 261: ...inputs The following figures show the connection of the outputs to the module 10 11 NO0 NO1 13 NO3 12 NO2 14 R0 3 15 NO4 16 NO5 17 NO6 18 NO7 19 R4 7 20 L 24 VDC 24 VDC Fig 18 Connection of 24 V DC actuators Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 261 ...

Page 262: ...me 24 V power supply CPU or Bus Module DX571 20 L UP I O Bus M ZP L 24 VDC Fig 20 Power supply the minus connection is realized via the I O bus WARNING Risk of death by electric shock Hazardous voltages can be present at the terminals of the module Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system For screw ...

Page 263: ... configuration data It receives its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bus CPU or communication interface module during power up of the system Hence replacing I O modules is possible without any re parameterization via software If the external power supply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and...

Page 264: ...wser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 PNIO diagnosis block Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12...

Page 265: ...s I0 I7 Digital input Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON Outputs NO0 NO7 Digital output Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON In the undefined signal range the state LED for the inputs can be ON although the input state detected by the module is OFF Technical data The System Data of AC500 eCo apply Ä Chapter 2 5 1 System data AC500 eCo V3 on page 925 Only additional details are therefore documented below...

Page 266: ...nels into groups 1 group for 8 channels Connections of the channels I0 to I7 Terminals 2 to 9 Reference potential for the channels I0 to I7 Terminal 1 Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Monitoring point of input indicator LED is part of the input circuitry Input type according to EN 61131 2 Type 1 source Type 1 sink Type 1 ...

Page 267: ...ided by the I O bus Indication of the output signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is on when the output signal is high signal 1 and the module is powered through the I O bus Monitoring point of output indicator Controlled together with relay Way of operation Non latching type Relay output voltage Rated value 24 V DC 24 V AC or 120 240 V AC Output delay Switching 0 to 1 max Typ 10 ms Switching ...

Page 268: ...R2302 DX571 digital input output module 8 DI 24 V DC 24 V AC 8 DO relay output Active 1TNE 968 901 R3101 Terminal block TA563 9 9 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3102 Terminal block TA563 11 11 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 T...

Page 269: ...display the signal states at the digital inputs outputs C0 C15 5 1 green LED to display the state of the process supply voltage UP 6 4 red LEDs to display errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centraliz...

Page 270: ...ternal power supply Through the I O bus interface I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 V DC Required terminal unit TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 TU515 TU516 TU541 and TU542 for I O modules on page 126 Effect of incorrect input terminal connection Wrong or no signal detected no damage up to 35 V The device is plugged on a terminal unit Ä Chapter 1 5 2 TU515 ...

Page 271: ... x sensor power supply sources loadable with 0 5 A in total 1 4 to 1 7 0 V 0 V reference potential 2 0 to 2 7 C0 to C7 8 digital inputs outputs 3 0 to 3 3 24 V 4 x sensor power supply sources loadable with 0 5 A in total 3 4 to 3 7 0 V 0 V reference potential 4 0 to 4 7 C8 to C15 8 digital inputs outputs Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 271 ...

Page 272: ...signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must...

Page 273: ...has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization Firmware version Configuration Firmware version V2 0 0 The arrangement of the parameter data is per formed by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configur...

Page 274: ...ut 0 0 65535 0 0xffff Word 0 0x0000 0 65535 0x0Y07 Remarks 1 With CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP 3 For a description of the counter operating modes please refer to the Fast Counter section Ä Chapter 1 6 1 2 9 Fast counter on page 349 4 With FBP or CS31 without the parameter Fast Counter GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 ...

Page 275: ... CH ERR1 to CH ERR4 light up together Technical data The system data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 are applicable to the standard version The system data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System data AC500 XC on page 1023 are applicable to the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Param...

Page 276: ...iple overloads No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an internal smart high side switch Technical data of the configurable digital inputs outputs Each of the configurable I O channels is defined as input or output by the user program This is done by interrogating or allocating the corresponding channel Parameter Value...

Page 277: ...V Signal 1 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 5 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Due to the direct connection to the output the demagnetizing varistor is also effective at the input see figure above This is why ...

Page 278: ...sistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz with max 5 W Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short cir cuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m The following drawing shows the circuitr...

Page 279: ...l input output module 16 DC 24 V DC 0 5 A 2 wires Active 1SAP 440 600 R0001 DC522 XC digital input output module 16 DC 24 V DC 0 5 A 2 wires XC version Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 1 2 2 DC523 Digital input output module 24 configurable digital inputs outputs Module wise galvanically isolate...

Page 280: ... the process supply voltage UP 6 4 red LEDs to display errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 ...

Page 281: ...e I O bus interface I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 V DC Required terminal unit TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 TU515 TU516 TU541 and TU542 for I O modules on page 126 Effect of incorrect input terminal connection Wrong or no signal detected no damage up to 35 V NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity r...

Page 282: ...th ZP load Output 3 Switchgear cabinet earth The assignment of the other terminals Terminals Signal Description 1 0 to 1 3 24 V 4 x sensor power supply sources loadable with 0 5 A in total 1 4 to 1 7 0 V 0 V reference potential 2 0 to 2 7 C0 to C7 8 digital inputs outputs Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 282 ...

Page 283: ...ltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable ma...

Page 284: ...has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization Firmware version Configuration Firmware version V2 0 0 The arrangement of the parameter data is per formed by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configur...

Page 285: ... Substitute value at outputs B23 Output 23 Bit 0 Output 0 0 16777215 0 0x00ff ffff DWord 0 0x0000 0000 0 224 1 0x0Y07 Remarks 1 With CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP 3 For a description of the counter operating modes please refer to the Fast Counter section Ä Chapter 1 6 1 2 9 Fast counter on page 349 4 With FBP or CS31 without the parameter Fas...

Page 286: ...ON even if an input signal is applied to the channel and the supply voltage is off In this case the module is not operating and does not generate an input signal 2 All of the LEDs CH ERR1 to CH ERR4 light up together Technical data The system data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 are applicable to the standard version The system data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 Syste...

Page 287: ...ion All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 V DC Multiple overloads No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an internal smart high side switch Technical data of the configurable digital inputs outputs Each of the configur...

Page 288: ...ing point of input output indicator LED is part of the input circuitry Input type acc to EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 8 ms configurable from 0 1 to 32 ms Input signal voltage 24 V DC Signal 0 3 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 15 V Signal 1 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input volta...

Page 289: ... fast Demagnetization when inductive loads are switched off With varistors integrated in the module see figure below Switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz with max 5 W Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short cir cuit ove...

Page 290: ...put module 24 DC 24 V DC 0 5 A 1 wire Active 1SAP 440 500 R0001 DC523 XC digital input output module 24 DC 24 V DC 0 5 A 1 wire XC version Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 1 2 3 DC532 Digital input output module 16 digital inputs 24 V DC 16 configurable digital inputs outputs Module wise galvani...

Page 291: ...isplay the state of the process supply voltage UP 6 4 red LEDs to display errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs Device specifications I O modules Digital I O ...

Page 292: ... 24 V DC Fast counter Integrated many configurable operating modes only with AC500 LED displays For signal states errors and supply voltage Internal power supply Through the I O bus interface I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 V DC Required terminal unit TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 TU515 TU516 TU541 and TU542 for I O modules on page 126 Effect of incorr...

Page 293: ...connected within the I O terminal unit and always have the same assignment irrespective of the inserted module Terminals 1 8 to 4 8 process voltage UP 24 V DC Terminals 1 9 to 4 9 process voltage ZP 0 V DC 1 I O bus 2 4 0 4 7 Connected with UP switch Input Connected with ZP load Output 3 switchgear cabinet earth The assignment of the other terminals Device specifications I O modules Digital I O mo...

Page 294: ...onditions do not apply Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an elec...

Page 295: ...f the I O bus CPU or communication interface module during power up of the system Hence replacing I O modules is possible without any re parameterization via software If the external power supply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization Firmware version Configurati...

Page 296: ...0 1 Byte On 0x01 0 1 0x0Y05 Behaviour of outputs at com munica tion errors Off Last value Substitute value 0 1 n 5 2 n 5 n 2 Byte Off 0x00 0 2 0x0Y06 Substitute value at outputs Bit 15 Output 15 Bit 0 Output 0 0 65535 0 0xffff Word 0 0x0000 0 65535 0x0Y07 Remarks 1 With CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP 3 For a description of the counter operatin...

Page 297: ...f the corresponding group e g short circuit at an output CH ERR2 Red CH ERR3 Red CH ERR4 Red CH ERR 2 Module Error Red Internal error 1 Indication LED is ON even if an input signal is applied to the channel and the supply voltage is off In this case the module is not operating and does not generate an input signal 2 All of the LEDs CH ERR1 to CH ERR4 light up together Technical data The system dat...

Page 298: ...All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 V DC Multiple overloads No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an internal smart high side switch Technical data of the digital inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module...

Page 299: ...O channels is defined as input or output by the user program This is done by interrogating or allocating the corresponding channel Parameter Value Number of channels per module 16 inputs outputs with transistors Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 16 channels If the channels are used as inputs Channels I16 I23 Terminals 3 0 3 7 Channels I24 I31 Terminals 4 0 4 7 If the channels are...

Page 300: ...not exceed the clamp voltage of the varistor The varistor limits the clamp voltage to approx 36 V Consequently the input voltage must range from 12 V to 30 V when UPx 24 V and from 6 V to 30 V when UPx 30 V Technical data of the digital inputs outputs if used as outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module Max 16 transistor outputs Reference potential for all outputs Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9...

Page 301: ...hows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off UPx 24 V Digital input output ZPx 0 V for demagnitization when inductive loads are switched off Technical data of the fast counter The fast counter of the module does not work if the module is connected to a FBP interface module CS31 bus module CANopen communication interface ...

Page 302: ...ycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 1 2 4 DI524 Digital input module 32 digital inputs 24 V DC in 4 groups 1 0 1 7 2 0 2 7 3 0 3 7 and 4 0 4 7 Fast counter Module wise galvanically isolated XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available 1 I O bus 2 Allocation between terminal number and signal name Device spe...

Page 303: ...rrors and supply voltage Internal power supply Via the I O bus interface I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 V DC Required terminal units TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 TU515 TU516 TU541 and TU542 for I O modules on page 126 Effect of incorrect input terminal con nection Wrong or no signal detected no damage up to 35 V The device is plugged on a terminal un...

Page 304: ...n page 142 The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power when Hot Swap conditions do not apply Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disco...

Page 305: ...ept e g grounding of the negative pole The module provides several diagnosis functions Internal data exchange Without the fast counter With the fast counter only with AC500 Digital inputs bytes 4 6 Digital outputs bytes 0 2 Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 305 ...

Page 306: ...nfigure the module Parameterization Firmware version Configuration Firmware version V2 0 0 The arrangement of the parameter data is per formed by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Module Module slot address Y 1 10 No ...

Page 307: ...er 1 6 1 2 9 Fast counter on page 349 4 With FBP or CS31 without the parameter Fast counter GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 5 0x03 0xe9 0x02 0x01 0x02 State LEDs During the power ON procedure the module initializes automatically All LEDs except the channel LEDs are ON during this time LED State Color LED OFF LED ON LED flashes Inputs I0 I31 Digital input Yellow Input OFF I...

Page 308: ... XC on page 1023 are applicable to the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Parameter Value Process supply voltage UP Connections Terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 for 24 V UP as well as 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for 0 V ZP Rated value 24 V DC Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse for U...

Page 309: ... supply voltage signal name ZP Galvanic isolation From the rest of the module I O bus Indication of the input signals One yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Monitoring point of input indicator LED is part of the input circuitry Input type acc to EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 8 ms configurable from 0 1 to 32 ms Input signal voltage 24 V DC Sig...

Page 310: ...put module 32 DI 24 V DC 1 wire Active 1SAP 440 000 R0001 DI524 XC digital input module 32 DI 24 V DC 1 wire XC version Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 1 2 5 DO524 Digital output module 32 digital outputs 24 V DC 0 5 A in 4 groups 1 0 4 7 with short circuit and overload protection Module wise g...

Page 311: ...DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The outputs are galvanically isolated from all other circuitry of the module There is no potential separation between the channels Device specifications ...

Page 312: ...tion and Connection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard on page 971 The connection of the I O channels is carried out using the 40 terminals of the I O terminal unit I O modules can be replaced without re wiring the terminal units The terminals 1 8 to 4 8 and 1 9 to 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the I O terminal unit and have always the same assignment independent of the inserted mod...

Page 313: ...materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system Never connect any vo...

Page 314: ...rsion Configuration Firmware version V2 0 0 The arrangement of the parameter data is per formed by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Module Module slot address Y 1 10 Name Value Internal value Internal value type Defa...

Page 315: ...alizes automatically All LEDs except the channel LEDs are ON during this time LED State Color LED OFF LED ON LED flashes Outputs O0 O31 Digital output Yellow Output OFF Output ON UP Process supply voltage 24 V DC via terminal Green Process supply voltage is missing Process supply voltage OK CH ERR1 Channel error error messages in groups dig ital outputs combined into the groups 1 2 3 4 Red No erro...

Page 316: ...and ZP M of the CPU com munication interface module Ca 2 mA From UP at normal operation with out puts 0 10 A max 0 5 A per output Inrush current from UP at power up 0 005 A2s Max power dissipation within the module 6 W outputs unloaded Weight without terminal unit Ca 100 g Mounting position Horizontal Or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convect...

Page 317: ...put current Rated value per channel 500 mA at UP 24 V Maximum value channels O0 to O15 4 A Maximum value channels O16 to O31 4 A Maximum value all channels together 8 A Max leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Rated protection fuse on UP 10 A fast Demagnetization when inductive loads are switched off With varistors integrated in the module see figure below Switching frequency With resistive load O...

Page 318: ...V DC 0 5 A 1 wire XC version Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 1 2 6 DO526 Digital output module 8 digital outputs 24 V DC O0 to O7 in 2 groups without short circuit and without overload protection Module and group wise galvanically isolated XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions availa...

Page 319: ...ion Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The outputs are group wise galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the outputs Potential separation between the chan...

Page 320: ...unit I O modules can be replaced without re wiring the terminal units The terminals 1 8 to 2 8 and 1 9 to 2 9 are electrically interconnected within the I O terminal unit and always have the same assignment irrespective of the inserted module Terminals 1 8 to 2 8 Process voltage UP 24 V DC Terminals 1 9 to 2 9 Process voltage ZP 0 V Terminal 3 8 Process voltage UP3 24 V DC Terminal 3 9 Process vol...

Page 321: ...pply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the digital outputs Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 321 ...

Page 322: ...put 3 Switchgear cabinet earth CAUTION The process supply voltage must be included in the grounding concept e g grounding of the negative pole The module provides several diagnosis functions Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 322 ...

Page 323: ...ter data is performed with Automation Builder software versions 1 2 3 The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Module Module slot address Y 1 7 Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Min Max Max Module ID Internal 1105 1 WORD 1105 0x0451 0 65535 0x0Y01 Ignor...

Page 324: ...he power ON procedure the module initializes automatically All LEDs except the channel LEDs are ON during this time LED State Color LED OFF LED ON LED flashes Outputs O0 O7 Digital output Yellow Output OFF Output ON 2 UP Process supply voltage 24 V DC via terminal Green Process supply voltage is missing Process supply voltage OK UP3 Process supply voltage out puts 0 3 24 V DC via terminal Green Pr...

Page 325: ...e to the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Parameter Value Process supply voltage UP UP3 and UP4 Connections Terminals 1 8 and 2 8 for 24 V UP as well as 1 9 and 2 9 0 V ZP Terminals 3 8 for 24 V UP3 as well as 3 9 for 0 V ZP3 Terminals 4 8 for 24 V UP4 as well as 4 9 for 0 V ZP4 Rated value 24 V DC Max ripple...

Page 326: ... 3 5 O4 to O7 Terminals 4 0 4 1 4 4 4 5 Indication of the output signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON if the output signal is high signal 1 Power supply voltage for the module Terminals 1 8 and 2 8 positive pole of the process supply voltage signal name UP Reference potential for module power supply Terminals 1 9 and 2 9 negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name ZP Power su...

Page 327: ...Yes to UP3 or UP4 No to outputs in same group Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 240 800 R0001 DO526 digital output module 8 DO 24 V DC 2 A 1 wire Active 1SAP 440 800 R0001 DO526 XC digital output module 8 DO 24 V DC 2 A 1 wire XC version Active 1SAP 213 200 R0001 TU542 I O terminal unit 24 V DC spring terminals Active ...

Page 328: ...l Sign for XC version Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs Digital configurable input output unit 8 digital inputs 24 V DC in 1 group 1 0 1 7 8 digital relay outputs with one change over contact each R0 R7 All output ch...

Page 329: ...terminal unit is either mounted on a DIN rail or to the wall using 2 screws plus the additional accessory for wall mounting TA526 Ä Chapter 1 8 2 6 TA526 Wall mounting accessory on page 902 Connections WARNING Risk of death by electric shock Hazardous voltages can be present at the terminals of the module Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off...

Page 330: ...lay output 4 1 NC 1 Normally closed contact of the second relay output 2 7 R7 Common contact of the eighth relay output 3 7 NO 7 Normally open contact of the eighth relay output 4 7 NC 7 Normally closed contact of the eighth relay output The internal power supply voltage for the module s circuitry is carried out via the I O bus provided by a communication interface module or a CPU Thus the current...

Page 331: ...able ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure tha...

Page 332: ...ling diodes must be circuited in parallel to these loads If the relay outputs have to switch inductive AC loads spark suppressors are required CAUTION The process supply voltage must be included in the grounding concept e g grounding of the negative pole Device specifications I O modules Digital I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 332 ...

Page 333: ...n the application fuses can be used for single channels or module wise Internal data exchange Without the fast counter With the fast counter only with AC500 Digital inputs bytes 1 3 Digital outputs bytes 1 3 Counter input data words 0 4 Counter output data words 0 8 I O configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization data from the master device of...

Page 334: ... 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 Byte 8 ms 0x02 0 3 0x0Y04 Fast Counter 4 0 10 3 0 10 Byte Mode 0 0x00 Not for FBP Behaviour of outputs at com munica tion errors Off Last value Substitute value 0 1 n 5 2 n 5 n 2 Byte Off 0x00 0 2 0x0Y05 Substitute value at outputs Bit 7 Output 7 Bit 0 Output 0 0 255 0 0xff Byte 0 0x00 0 255 0x0Y06 Remarks 1 With CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 and FBP the value ...

Page 335: ...ply voltage is missing Severe error within the cor responding group Error on one channel of the corresponding group CH ERR2 Red CH ERR 2 Module Error Red Internal error 1 Indication LED is ON even if an input signal is applied to the channel and the supply voltage is off In this case the module is not operating and does not generate an input signal 2 All of the LEDs CH ERR1 to CH ERR2 light up tog...

Page 336: ...cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 V DC No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical data of the digital inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribut...

Page 337: ...on of the channel R6 Terminal 2 6 common 3 6 NO and 4 6 NC Connection of the channel R7 Terminal 2 7 common 3 7 NO and 4 7 NC Galvanic isolation Between the channels and from the rest of the module Indication of the output signals One yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the relay coil is energized Monitoring point of output indicator LED is controlled by process CPU Way of operation Non latc...

Page 338: ...th lamp load On request Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technical data of the fast counter The fast counter of the module does not work if the module is connected to a FBP interface module CS31 bus module CANopen communication interface module Parameter Value Used inputs I0 I1 Used outputs None Counting frequency 50 kHz max Detailed description See Ordering data Part no Descripti...

Page 339: ...cally isolated 1 I O bus 2 Allocation between terminal number and signal name 3 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states at the digital inputs I0 I7 4 4 yellow LEDs to display the signal states at the digital relay outputs R0 R3 5 1 green LED to display the state of the process supply voltage UP 6 2 red LEDs to display errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Device specific...

Page 340: ...nternal power supply Through the I O bus interface I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process supply voltage 24 V DC Required terminal units TU531 or TU532 Ä Chapter 1 5 4 TU531 and TU532 for I O modules on page 135 The device is plugged on a terminal unit Ä Chapter 1 5 4 TU531 and TU532 for I O modules on page 135 Position the module properly and press until it locks in pla...

Page 341: ... digital inputs I2 and I3 4 1 N23 Neutral conductor for the dig ital inputs I2 and I3 2 2 and 3 2 I4 and I5 Input signals for the digital inputs I4 and I5 4 2 N45 Neutral conductor for the dig ital inputs I4 and I5 2 3 and 3 3 I6 and I7 Input signals for the digital inputs I6 and I7 4 3 N67 Neutral conductor for the dig ital inputs I6 and I7 2 4 R0 Common contact of the first relay output 3 4 and ...

Page 342: ...or insertion under power when Hot Swap conditions do not apply Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a ha...

Page 343: ...ls to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages The following figure shows the connection of the module 1 I O bus 2 Switchgear cabinet earth NOTICE If the relay outputs have to switch inductive DC loads free wheeling diodes must be circuited in parallel to these loads If the relay outputs have to switch inductive AC loads spark suppressors are required Device sp...

Page 344: ...not even between two input terminals All neutral conductor connections must be common to the same supply system since the terminals 4 0 to 4 3 are interconnected within the module Otherwise accidental energization could occur NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC module There is no internal short circuit or overload protection for the relay outputs Protect the relay contacts by back up fuses of 6 A max ...

Page 345: ...Y 1 10 Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 1205 1 Word 1205 0x04B5 0 65535 0x0Y01 Ignore module 2 No Yes 0 1 Byte No 0x00 not for FBP Parameter length Internal 4 Byte 4 CPU 4 FBP 0 255 0x0Y02 Check supply Off on 0 1 Byte On 0x01 0 1 0x0Y03 Input delay 20 ms 100 ms 0 1 Byte 20 ms 0x00 0 1 0x0Y04 Behaviour of outputs at com munica tion erro...

Page 346: ...s supply voltage is missing Severe error within the cor responding group Error on one channel of the corresponding group CH ERR3 Red CH ERR Module Error Red Internal error All of the LEDs CH ERR2 to CH ERR3 light up together Technical data The system data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 are applicable to the standard version The system data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7...

Page 347: ...ted against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 V DC No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical data of the digital inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 4 groups of 2 channels each Terminals o...

Page 348: ... output signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the relay coil is energized Monitoring point of output indicator LED is controlled by process CPU Way of operation Non latching type Output delay 0 1 or 1 0 On request Relay power supply By UP process supply voltage Relay outputs Output short circuit protection Must be provided externally with a fuse or cir cuit breaker Rated protection f...

Page 349: ...1 digital input output module 8 DI 230 V AC 4 DO relays 2 wires Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 1 2 9 Fast counter More information can be found in the Automation Builder chapter Fast counters in AC500 devices 1 6 2 Analog I O modules 1 6 2 1 S500 eCo 1 6 2 1 1 AI561 Analog input module 4 confi...

Page 350: ... I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The inputs are not galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is not galvanically isolated from the inputs or from the I O bus The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA com...

Page 351: ...ed to the M terminal of the CPU via the I O bus Connections For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and connection of the module please refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 925 The connection is carried out by using a removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal block These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals c...

Page 352: ...of input signal 0 4 R1 Burden resistor for input signal 1 for current sensing 5 I1 Positive pole of input signal 1 6 I1 Negative pole of input signal 1 7 R2 Burden resistor for input signal 2 for current sensing 8 I2 Positive pole of input signal 2 9 I2 Negative pole of input signal 2 10 R3 Burden resistor for input signal 3 for current sensing 11 I3 Positive pole of input signal 3 Device specific...

Page 353: ...at both ends of the cable Provide a potential equalisation of a low resistance to avoid high potential differences between different parts of the plant NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules The PLC modules must not be removed while the plant is connected to a power supply Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or...

Page 354: ... sensors voltage Connection of passive type analog sensors voltage The following figures are an example of the connection of analog sensors current to the input I0 of the analog input module AI561 Proceed with the inputs I1 to I3 in the same way 24 VDC 1 2 R0 I0 3 I0 18 SG 19 L 20 M UIN 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 24 VDC 1 2 R0 I0 3 I0 18 SG 19 L 20 M 4 20 mA Connection of active type analog sensors current C...

Page 355: ... 0x01 Analog Data Format Default 0 BYTE Default 0x00 255 1 with CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x09 0x65 0x19 0x06 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Input channel 4x Name Value Internal value Internal value Type Default Min Max Channel configura t...

Page 356: ... 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error 4 14 1 10 1 0 3 48 Analog value overflow at an analog input Check input value or terminal 11 12 ADR 1 0 4 14 1 10 1 0 3 7 Analog value underflow at an analog input Check input value 11 12 ADR 1 0 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interfac...

Page 357: ... in the module Error on 1 or more chan nels of the module Measuring ranges Risk of invalid analog input values The analog input values may be invalid if the measuring range of the inputs is exceeded Make sure that the analog signal at the connection terminals is always within the signal range Range 2 5 2 5 V 5 5 V 0 5 V 0 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 2 9397 5 8795 5 8795...

Page 358: ...e documented below Parameter Value Process supply voltage L Connections Terminal 19 for L 24 V DC and terminal 20 for M 0 V Rated value 24 V DC Current consumption via L terminal 0 1 A Inrush current at power up 0 05 A2s Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Protection fuse for L Recommended Current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at the terminals UP L and ZP M of the CPU comm...

Page 359: ...nput range Signal voltage plus common mode voltage must be within 12 V Indication of the input signals No Channel input resistance Voltage 1 MW Current ca 250 W Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resolution within the normal range Typ 0 5 of full scale voltage 0 5 of full scale current 0 mA 20 mA 0 7 of full scale current 4 mA 20 mA at 25 ...

Page 360: ...ont 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommend...

Page 361: ...nsion module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The inputs are not galvanically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is galvanically isolated from the inputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA communication interface modules Devi...

Page 362: ...the terminals UP process voltage 24 V DC and ZP 0 V DC Connections For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and connection of the module please refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 925 The connection is carried out by using a removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal block These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw term...

Page 363: ...ommunication interface module or a CPU Thus the current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at the terminals L UP and M ZP of the CPU communication interface module increases by 5 mA per AI562 The external power supply connection is carried out via the UP 24 V DC and the ZP 0 V DC terminals NOTICE Risk of imprecise and faulty measurements Analog signals may be distorted seriously by external ele...

Page 364: ... internal voltages The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 6 2 1 2 6 Diagnosis on page 366 The following figures show the connection of RTDs to the inputs of the analog input module AI562 24 VDC 10 11 O0 I0 13 O1 12 I0 14 I1 15 I1 16 17 SG 18 SG 19 UP 20 ZP 24 VDC 10 11 O0 I0 13 O1 12 I0 14 I1 15 I1 16 17 SG 18 SG 19 UP 20 ZP 2 wires input 3 wires input With 2 wires connection ...

Page 365: ... Format Default 0 BYTE Default 0x00 255 1 with CS31 and addresses less than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x07 0x6A 0x19 0x04 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 Input channel 2x Name Value Internal value Internal value Type Default Min Max Channel configura tion see table 2 see table 2 BY...

Page 366: ...face Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error 4 14...

Page 367: ...voltage 24 V DC via terminal Green CPU module voltage or external 24 V DC supply voltage is missing 3 3 V system voltage I O bus and external 24 V DC supply voltage are present ERR Channel or module error Red No error or process voltage is missing Severe error in the module Error on 1 or more chan nels of the module Measuring ranges Risk of invalid analog input values The analog input values may b...

Page 368: ...rflow 60 0 C 60 0 C 32768 8000 Resistances Range Resistance 0 150 W Resistance 0 300 W Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 176 383 352 767 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 176 383 150 005 352 767 300 011 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 150 000 0 005 300 000 0 011 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0 0 0000 Technical data The System Data of AC500 eCo apply Ä Chapter 2 5 1 System data AC500 eCo V3 on page 925 ...

Page 369: ...he natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 V DC Technical data of the analog inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 2 configurable RTD resistance temperature detecto...

Page 370: ...ranges on page 367 Analog to digital conversion time Typ 140 ms per channel Unused inputs Can be left open and should be configured as unused Input data length 4 bytes Power dissipation inside the sensor max 1 mW Suppression of interference On request Maximum input voltage 30 V DC sense 5 V DC source Basic error resistance 0 1 of full scale Repeatability 0 05 of full scale Overvoltage protection Y...

Page 371: ...ive Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 2 1 3 AI563 Analog input module 4 configurable thermocouple TC 80 mV 80 mV inputs I0 to I3 in 1 group Resolution 15 bits plus sign 1 I O bus 2 1 green LED to display power supply 1 red LED to display error 3 Terminal number Device specifications I O modules Analog I...

Page 372: ...ace modules Functionality 4 analog TC inputs individually configurable for Not used default Voltage 80 mV 80 mV Thermocouple J type 210 C 1200 C Thermocouple K type 270 C 1372 C Thermocouple R type 50 C 1768 C Thermocouple S type 50 C 1768 C Thermocouple T type 270 C 400 C Thermocouple E type 270 C 1000 C Thermocouple N type 270 C 1300 C Parameter Value Resolution of the analog channels Temperatur...

Page 373: ... These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the analog inputs 11 12 10 13 14 SG 16 SG 17 SG 15 UP 19 ZP 20 SG 18 I2 6 I3 7 I2 5 I3 8 9 I0 2...

Page 374: ...ication interface module increases by 5 mA per AI563 The external power supply connection is carried out via the UP 24 V DC and the ZP 0 V DC terminals NOTICE Risk of imprecise and faulty measurements Analog signals may be distorted seriously by external electromagnetic influ ences Use shielded wires when wiring analog signal sources The cable shield must be grounded at both ends of the cable Prov...

Page 375: ... Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 6 2 1 3 6 Diagnosis on page 377 The following figure shows the connection of thermocouples to the inputs of the module 1 2 I0 I0 4 I1 24 VDC 3 I1 5 I2 6 I2 7 I3 8 I3 9 10 11 13 12 14 15 SG 16 SG 17 SG 18 SG 19 UP 20 ZP The meaning of the LEDs is described in Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 2 1 3 7 St...

Page 376: ... 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length Intern 6 BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 2 Check Supply Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 Analog Data Format Default 0 BYTE Default 0x00 255 1 with CS31 and addresses less than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x09 0x6F 0x19 0x06 0x...

Page 377: ... 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 PNIO diagnosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check...

Page 378: ...system voltage I O bus and external 24 V DC supply voltage are present ERR Channel or module error Red No error or process voltage is missing Severe error in the module Error on 1 or more chan nels of the module Measuring ranges AI563 needs typ 6 to 8 seconds for initialization after applying the process supply voltage to clamp UP ZP During this time the accuracy of the measure ment values is not ...

Page 379: ...0FA0 0 1 C 0 1 C 0 1 C 0 1 C 1 1 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 0 1 C 0 1 C 0 1 C 0 1 C 1 FFFF 500 FE0C 210 0 C 2100 F7CC 270 0 C 270 0 C 270 0 C 2700 F574 Underflow 210 0 C 270 0 C 270 0 C 270 0 C 32768 8000 Range 80 mV 80 mV Type E 270 1000 C Types R S 50 1768 C Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 90 mV 1000 0 C 1768 0 C 32767 7FFF Normal range 80 mV 27648 6C00 1768 0 C 17680 4510 1000 0 C 10000 2710 9...

Page 380: ...se for UP Not necessary Current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at the terminals UP L and ZP M of the CPU communication interface module Ca 5 mA Galvanic isolation Yes between the channels and the rest of the module Isolated groups 1 4 channels per group Surge voltage max 35 V DC for 0 5 s Max power dissipation within the module 2 6 W Weight Ca 120 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical ...

Page 381: ...on error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resolution within the normal range Typ 0 1 of full scale voltage Depending on thermocouple see table Ä Chapter 1 6 2 1 3 9 1 1 Accuracy of ther mocouple ranges at 25 C with cold junction compensation on page 382 at 25 C Max 2 of full scale T Type 3 for 240 C 270 C at 0 C 60 C Relationship between input signal and...

Page 382: ...563 9 9 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3102 Terminal block TA563 11 11 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 ...

Page 383: ...ll mounting with screws 7 DIN rail Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The outputs are not galvanically isolated from each other The other electronic circuitry of the module is not galvanically isolated from the output...

Page 384: ...ections For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and connection of the module please refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 925 If the output is configured as not used the voltage and current output signals are undefined and must not be connected The connection is carried out by using a removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal block These terminal blocks diff...

Page 385: ...ption from 24 V DC power supply at the terminals UP L and ZP M of the CPU communication interface module increases by 5 mA per AO561 The external power supply connection is carried out via the L 24 V DC and the M 0 V DC terminals The M terminal is electrically interconnected to the M ZP terminal of the CPU communication interface module NOTICE Risk of imprecise and faulty measurements Analog signa...

Page 386: ...tions Ä Chapter 1 6 2 1 4 6 Diagnosis on page 388 The following figures show the connection of analog actuators to the analog output module AO561 U 24 VDC 10 11 13 O0U 12 14 O0I 15 O1U 16 O1I 17 O01 18 SG 19 L 20 M U 24 VDC 10 11 13 O0U 12 14 O0I 15 O1U 16 O1I 17 O01 18 SG 19 L 20 M I I Connection of analog voltage actuators Connection of analog current actuators The output signal is undefined if ...

Page 387: ... 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length Intern 4 BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 2 Check Supply Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 Analog Data Format Default 0 BYTE Default 0x00 255 1 with CS31 and addresses less than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x07 0x74 0x19 0x04 0x...

Page 388: ... Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error 4 14 1 10 3 0 1 48 Analog value overflow at an analog output ...

Page 389: ... LED OFF LED ON LED flashes PWR Process voltage 24 V DC via terminal Green CPU module voltage or external 24 V DC supply voltage is missing 3 3 V system voltage I O bus and external 24 V DC supply voltage are present ERR Channel or module error Red No error or process voltage is missing Severe error in the module Error on 1 or more chan nels of the module Output ranges Range 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 m...

Page 390: ... 19 for L 24 V DC and terminal 20 for M 0 V Rated value 24 V DC Current consumption 0 1 A output load Inrush current at power up 0 05 A s Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Protection fuse for L Recommended Current consumption from 24 V DC power supply at the terminals UP L and ZP M of the CPU communication interface module Ca 5 mA Galvanic isolation No Surge voltage max 35 V DC ...

Page 391: ...hin the normal range Typ 0 5 of full scale at 25 C Max 2 of full scale at 0 C 60 C or EMC disturbances Indication of the output signals No Output Resistance load as current output 0 W 500 W Output load ability as voltage output 2 mA max Output data length 4 bytes Relationship between output signal and hex code Ä Chapter 1 6 2 1 4 8 Output ranges on page 389 Unused outputs Must not be connected and...

Page 392: ...lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 2 1 5 AX561 Analog input output module 4 configurable analog inputs I0 to I3 in 1 group 2 configurable analog outputs O0 and O1 in 1 group Resolution 11 bits plus sign or 12 bits 1 I O bus 2 1 green LED to display power supply 1 red LED to display error Device specifications I O m...

Page 393: ... is not galvanically isolated from the inputs outputs or from the I O bus The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA communication interface modules Functionality 4 analog inputs individually configurable for Not used default 2 5 V 2 5 V 5 V 5 V 0 V 5 V 0 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 2 analog outputs individually configurable for Not used default 10 V 10 V 0 m...

Page 394: ... as not used the voltage and current output signals are undefined and must not be connected The connection is carried out by using a removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal block These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ord...

Page 395: ...nput signal 1 for current sensing 5 I1 Positive pole of input signal 1 6 I1 Negative pole of input signal 1 7 R2 Burden resistor for input signal 2 for current sensing 8 I2 Positive pole of input signal 2 9 I2 Negative pole of input signal 2 10 R3 Burden resistor for input signal 3 for current sensing 11 I3 Positive pole of input signal 3 12 I3 Negative pole of input signal 3 13 O0U Voltage output...

Page 396: ...t parts of the plant WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a mo...

Page 397: ...eed with the inputs I1 to I3 in the same way 24 VDC 1 2 R0 I0 3 I0 18 SG 19 L 20 M UIN 2 5 2 5 V 5 5 V 0 5 V 0 10 V 24 VDC 1 2 R0 I0 3 I0 18 SG 19 L 20 M 2 5 2 5 V 5 5 V 0 5 V 0 10 V Connection of active type analog sensors voltage Connection of passive type analog sensors voltage The following figures are an example of the connection of analog sensors current to the input I0 of the analog input o...

Page 398: ...installation If the output is configured in current mode the voltage output signal is unde fined and must not be connected If the output is configured in voltage mode the current output signal is unde fined and must not be connected The meaning of the LEDs is described in the displays chapter Ä Chapter 1 6 2 1 5 7 State LEDs on page 401 I O configuration The I O module does not store configuration...

Page 399: ...s slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x0B 0x79 0x19 0x08 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Input channel 4x Name Value Internal value Internal value Type Default Min Max Channel configura tion see table 2 see table 2 BYTE 0 0x00 see table 2 0 65535 Table 79 Channel configuration 2 Internal value Operating modes for the analog inputs indi...

Page 400: ...PNIO diagnosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 1...

Page 401: ...n applies 31 module itself 1 10 expansion module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies dependent of the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or PNIO module type 1 AI 3 AO COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 4 In case of module errors with channel 31 Module itself is output State L...

Page 402: ...178 20 0058 22 8142 20 0058 32511 27664 27658 27656 7EFF 6C10 6C0A 6C08 Normal range Normal range or meas ured value too low 2 5000 0 0014 5 0000 0 0029 5 0000 0 0015 10 0000 0 0029 20 0000 0 0058 20 0000 4 0058 27648 16 10 8 6C00 0010 000A 0008 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 4 0 0000 0 0014 2 5000 0 0029 5 0000 3 9942 0 10 16 4864 6912 27648 FFF6 FFF0 ED00 E500 9400 Meas ured value too low 2 5014 ...

Page 403: ...w 10 0058 11 7589 27664 32512 93F0 8100 Underflow 11 7589 0 0000 32768 8000 The represented resolution corresponds to 12 bits respectively 11 bits plus sign Technical data The System Data of AC500 eCo apply Ä Chapter 2 5 1 System data AC500 eCo V3 on page 925 Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Process supply voltage L Connections Terminal 19 for L 24 V DC and te...

Page 404: ...ge or current inputs Distribution of channels into groups 1 4 channels per group Resolution Unipolar Voltage 0 V 5 V 0 V 10 V 12 bits Current 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 12 bits Bipolar Voltage 2 5 V 2 5 V 5 V 5 V 11 bits plus sign Connection of the signals I0 to I3 Terminals 3 6 9 12 Connection of the signals I0 to I3 Terminals 2 5 8 11 Input type Differential Galvanic isolation No galvanic isolation b...

Page 405: ...d 15 Connection of the signals O0I and O1I Terminals 14 and 16 Output type Bipolar with voltage unipolar with current Resolution 12 bits or 11 bits plus sign Indication of the output signals No Output resistance load as current output 0 W 500 W Output load ability as voltage output 2 mA max Relationship between input signal and hex code Table Output Ranges Ä Table on page 403 Conversion error of t...

Page 406: ...4 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 2 2 S500...

Page 407: ...n Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs The configuration is performed by software The modules are supplied with a process voltage of 24 V DC The inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated from all other circuitry of t...

Page 408: ...ut 4 analog outputs O0 O3 individually configurable for Unused default setting 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 4 analog outputs O4 O7 individually configurable for Unused default setting 10 V 10 V Parameter Value Resolution of the analog channels Voltage 10 V 10 V 12 bits plus sign Voltage 0 V 10 V 12 bits Current 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 12 bits Temperature 0 1 C LED displays 10 LEDs for signals and...

Page 409: ...me assignment independent of the inserted module Terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 process voltage UP 24 V DC Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 process voltage ZP 0 V DC The assignment of the other terminals Terminals Signal Description 1 0 to 1 7 Unused Unused 2 0 to 2 7 C0 to C7 Negative poles of the 8 analog inputs outputs 3 0 to 3 7 C0 to C7 Positive poles of the analog inputs outputs 4 0 to 4 7 Unuse...

Page 410: ... module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies ...

Page 411: ... negative pole By installing equipotential bonding conductors between the different parts of the system it must be made ensured that the potential difference between ZP and AGND never exeeds 1 V Connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the...

Page 412: ...ges from unused analog input channels it is useful to configure them as unused Connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the I O module provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 8 depending...

Page 413: ...he module calculates the meas ured value from the two voltage drops and stores it under the input with the higher channel number e g C1 In order to keep measuring errors as small as possible it is necessary to have all the involved conductors in the same cable All the conductors must have the same cross section Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire configuration two channels used Pt100 50 C 400 C 3 wire configur...

Page 414: ...ly isolated voltage source of the sensor is referred to ZP The following measuring ranges can be configured Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analog input channels as unused Connection of active type analog sensors Current with galvanically isolated power supply Device specific...

Page 415: ...P the sensor current flows to ZP via the AGND line The measuring signal is distorted as a very small current flows through the voltage line The total current through the PTC should not exceed 50 mA This measuring method is therefore only suitable for short lines and small sensor currents If there are bigger distances the difference measuring method should be applied Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used...

Page 416: ... inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid ground loops With differential input configurations two adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In this case both channels are configured according to the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address channel 0 the next higher address must be the odd address channel 1 The conver...

Page 417: ...In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analog input channels as unused Use of analog inputs as digital inputs Several or all analog inputs can be configured as digital inputs The inputs are not galvanically isolated against the other analog channels Device specifications I O modules Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 417 ...

Page 418: ... current Voltage 10 V 10 V Load max 10 mA 1 channel used Current 0 mA 20 mA Load 0 W 500 W 1 channel used Current 4 mA 20 mA Load 0 W 500 W 1 channel used Only the channels 0 3 can be configured as current output 0 mA 20 mA or 4 mA 20 mA Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Device specifications I O modules Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 418 ...

Page 419: ...by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Module Module slot address Y 1 10 No Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index 1 Module ID Internal 1520 1 Word 1520 0x05f0 0 65535 0x0Y01 2 Igno...

Page 420: ... 0x00 0x00 0 0 19 3 0x0Y08 to 0x0Y15 23 Channel configu ration Output channel 0 see table Channel configura tion Byte Default 0x00 0 130 0x0Y16 24 Channel moni toring Output channel 0 see table Channel monitoring Byte Default 0x00 0 3 0x0Y17 25 Substi tute value Output channel 0 only valid for output channel 0 0 0xffff Word Default 0x0000 0 65535 0x0Y18 26 to 31 Channel configu ration and channel ...

Page 421: ...nels 5 to 7 see tables channel configura tion and channel monitoring Byte Byte Default 0x00 0x00 0 0 128 3 0x0Y21 to 0x0Y26 1 With CS31 and addresses less than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 40 0x05 0xf1 0x25 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0...

Page 422: ... Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire requires 2 channels 16 Analog input Pt1000 50 C 400 C 2 wire 17 Analog input Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire requires 2 channels 18 Analog input Ni1000 50 C 150 C 2 wire 19 Analog input Ni1000 50 C 150 C 3 wire requires 2 channels In the operating modes with 3 wire configuration or with differential inputs two adjacent analog inputs belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In thes...

Page 423: ...sed default 128 Analog output 10 V 10 V 129 Analog output 0 mA 20 mA not with the channels 4 7 130 Analog output 4 mA 20 mA not with the channels 4 7 Table 87 Channel monitoring 5 Internal value Monitoring 0 Plausibility open circuit broken wire and short circuit default 1 Open circuit broken wire and short circuit 2 Plausibility 3 No monitoring Table 88 Substitute value 6 Intended behavior of out...

Page 424: ...r 000 063 AC500 display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC browser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 FBP diag nosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module Replace I O module 11 ...

Page 425: ...Check input value or terminal 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 1 0 3 0 7 7 Analog value under flow at an analog input Check input value 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 1 0 3 0 7 47 Short circuit at an analog input Check terminal 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 3 4 7 8 15 4 Analog value over flow at an analog output Check output value 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 3 4 7 8 15 7 Analog value under flow at an analog output Chec...

Page 426: ...terminal Green Process voltage is missing Process voltage OK CH ERR3 Channel error error messages combined into group 3 Red No error or process voltage is missing Severe error within the cor responding group Error on one channel of the group Measuring ranges Input ranges of voltage current and digital input The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digi...

Page 427: ...igital value Decimal Hex Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 160 0 C 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 160 0 C 150 1 C 1600 1501 0640 05DD 80 0 C 70 1 C 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 70 0 C 0 1 C 400 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C 1 500 FFFF FE0C Measured value too low 50 1 C 60 0...

Page 428: ...V 0 mA 0 mA 32512 8100 Technical data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 are applicable to the standard version Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Process voltage Connections Terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 for 24 V UP as well as 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for 0 V ZP Rated value 24 VDC Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed ...

Page 429: ...00 Ni1000 Galvanic isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be configured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs Current 100 µs Indication of the input signals One LED per channel Conversion cycle 2 ms for 8 inputs 8 ou...

Page 430: ...A Input voltage 15 V Typ 4 3 mA Input voltage 30 V 9 mA Input resistance Ca 3 5 kW Technical data of the analog outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 all channels for voltage the first 4 channels also for current Distribution of channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Channels C0 C7 Terminals 2 0 2 7 Channels C0 C7 Terminals 3 0 3 7 Output type Bipolar with voltage unipolar wi...

Page 431: ...used Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 250 500 R0001 AC522 analog input output module 8 AC U I RTD 12 bits sign 2 wires Active 1SAP 450 500 R0001 AC522 XC analog input output module 8 AC U I RTD 12 bits sign 2 wires XC version Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 2 2 2 ...

Page 432: ... 8 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs Functionality 16 analog inputs individually configurable for Unused default setting 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Device specifications I O...

Page 433: ...are plugged on an I O terminal unit Ä Chapter 1 5 2 TU515 TU516 TU541 and TU542 for I O modules on page 126 Properly position the modules and press until they lock in place The terminal units are mounted on a DIN rail or with 2 screws plus the additional accessory for wall mounting TA526 Ä Chapter 1 8 2 6 TA526 Wall mounting accessory on page 902 The connection of the I O channels is carried out u...

Page 434: ...er to avoid loops via the ground potential or the supply voltage CAUTION Because of their common reference potential analog current inputs cannot be circuited in series neither within the module nor with channels of other modules For the open circuit detection cut wire each analog input channel is pulled up to plus by a high resistance resistor If nothing is connected the maximum voltage will be r...

Page 435: ...rials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system Never connect any voltag...

Page 436: ...s of the system it must be ensured that the potential difference between ZP and AGND never can exceed 1 V CAUTION The process supply voltage must be included in the grounding concept e g grounding of the negative pole The modules provide several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 2 7 Diagnosis on page 447 Device specifications I O modules Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 436 ...

Page 437: ...used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 2 wire configuration one channel used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 2 wire configuration one channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 2 7 Diagnosis on page 447 The module AI523 performs a linearization of the resistance characteristic In order to avoid error messages from unused analog input channels it is useful to configure them as unused Con...

Page 438: ...s and stores it under the input with the higher channel number e g I1 In order to keep measuring errors as small as possible it is necessary to have all the involved conductors in the same cable All the conductors must have the same cross section The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 444 Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire configuration two channels use...

Page 439: ...eferred to ZP The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 444 Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 2 9 Measuring ranges on page 449 Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 2 7 Diagnosis on page 447 In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to...

Page 440: ...d Current 4 mA 20 mA 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 2 7 Diagnosis on page 447 Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage with no galvanically isolated power supply UP ZP 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 0 10 V AGND Fig 29 Connec...

Page 441: ... V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used if the sensor can provide this signal range The function of the LEDs is described under Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 2 7 Diagnosis on page 447 In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analog input channels as unused Connection of passive type analog sensors Current UP ZP 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9...

Page 442: ...figurations two adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In this case both channels are configured according to the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address channel 0 the next higher address must be the odd address channel 1 The converted analog value is available at the higher address channel 1 The analog value is calculated by subtraction of the ...

Page 443: ...nputs can be configured as digital inputs The inputs are not galvanically isolated against the other analog channels 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP UP ZP Fig 32 Connection example The following operating mode can be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 444 Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 2 9 Measuring ranges on page 449 Digital input 24 V 1 channel used Effect o...

Page 444: ...Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Module Module slot address Y 1 10 No Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index 1 Module ID Internal 1515 1 Word 1515 0x05eb 0 65535 0x0Y01 2 Ignore module 2...

Page 445: ...nfigu ration Input channel 15 See Ä Table 91 Chann el configuration 2 on page 446 Byte Default 0x00 0 19 0x0Y23 37 Channel moni toring Input channel 15 See Ä Table 92 Chann el monitoring 4 on page 446 Byte Default 0x00 0 3 0x0Y24 1 With CS31 and addresses less than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 37 0x05 0xec 0x22 0x01 ...

Page 446: ...C 70 C 3 wire requires 2 channels 16 Analog input Pt1000 50 C 400 C 2 wire 17 Analog input Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire requires 2 channels 18 Analog input Ni1000 50 C 150 C 2 wire 19 Analog input Ni1000 50 C 150 C 3 wire requires 2 channels In the operating modes with 3 wire configuration or with differential inputs two adjacent analog inputs belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In these cases bo...

Page 447: ...ule 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 AD...

Page 448: ...the power ON procedure the module initializes automatically All LEDs except the channel LEDs are ON during this time LED State Color LED OFF LED ON LED flashes Inputs I0 I7 and I8 I15 Analog input Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON brightness depends on the value of the analog signal UP Process voltage 24 V DC via terminal Green Process voltage is missing Process voltage OK CH ERR2 Channel error erro...

Page 449: ... 0 0004 1 7593 0 0004 10 0000 3 9994 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 11 7589 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 1 7593 11 7589 0 0000 1 1858 32768 8000 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Input ranges resistance temperature detector The resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range Pt100 Pt 1000 50 70 C Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Digital value D...

Page 450: ...stem data AC500 XC on page 1023 are applicable to the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Parameter Value Process voltage Connections Terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 for 24 V UP as well as 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for 0 V ZP Rated value 24 V DC Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse ...

Page 451: ...to 2 7 Connections of the channels I8 to I15 Connections of the channels I8 to I15 Terminals 3 0 to 3 7 Terminals 4 0 to 4 7 Input type Bipolar not with current or Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Galvanic isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 4 mA 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be config ured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Curren...

Page 452: ...I7 Connections of the channels I8 to I15 Terminals 2 0 to 2 7 Terminals 4 0 to 4 7 Reference potential for the inputs Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 ZP Input signal delay Typ 8 ms configurable from 0 1 to 32 ms Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel Input signal voltage 24 V DC Signal 0 30 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 13 V Signal 1 13 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ...

Page 453: ...anically isolated XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available 1 I O bus 2 Allocation between terminal number and signal names 3 4 yellow LEDs to display the states at the inputs I0 to I3 4 4 yellow LEDs to display the states at the inputs I4 to I7 5 1 green LED to display the process supply voltage UP 6 2 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR2 and CH ERR4 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN r...

Page 454: ...ples of types J K T N S Resistance measuring bridge Digital signals digital input Parameter Value Resolution of the analog channels Voltage and current bipolar 15 bits plus sign Voltage and current unipolar 15 bits Temperature 0 1 C 0 01 C at Pt100 50 C 70 C LED displays 11 LEDs for signals and error messages Internal power supply through the I O bus interface I O bus External power supply via ter...

Page 455: ...inputs 2 1 2 3 2 5 2 7 I0A to I3A Connections A supply of the first 4 analog inputs 1 1 1 3 1 5 1 7 I0B to I3B Connections B analog ground of the first 4 analog inputs 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 I4 to I7 Positive poles of the following 4 analog inputs 3 0 3 2 3 4 3 6 I4 to I7 Negative poles of the fol lowing 4 analog inputs 4 1 4 3 4 5 4 7 I4A to I7A Connections A supply of the following 4 analog inputs 3 1 ...

Page 456: ... you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior...

Page 457: ... of the system it must be ensured that the potential difference between ZP and AGND never can exceed 1 V CAUTION The process supply voltage must be included in the grounding concept e g grounding of the negative pole The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 7 Diagnosis on page 475 Device specifications I O modules Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 457 ...

Page 458: ...n on page 472 Voltage 50 mV 50 mV 1 channel used Voltage 500 mV 500 mV 1 channel used Voltage 1 V 1 V 1 channel used Voltage 5 V 5 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 0 V 5 V 1 channel used Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Fig 35 Connection example The measuring range can be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 6 Parameterization on page 472 Voltage Common mode voltage 1 channel use...

Page 459: ...ected to ZP at the sensor the supply current flows via the GND line to ZP Measuring errors can only occur caused by voltage differences higher than 20 V DC between GND and ZP The measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 6 Parameterization on page 472 Voltage 50 mV 50 mV 1 channel used Voltage 500 mV 500 mV 1 channel used Voltage 1 V 1 V 1 channel used Voltage 5 V 5 V 1 channel used V...

Page 460: ... 472 Voltage Common mode voltage 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays displays Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 7 Diagnosis on page 475 In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analog input channels as unused Connection of active type analog sensors Current with galvanically isolated power supply Fig 38 Connection ex...

Page 461: ... Analog input of the second device If series connection of an additional input is used the input resistance of the module ca 330 Ω must be added to the input resistance of the second device Make sure that the maximum permitted load resistance of the analog sensor is not exceeded see the data sheet of the analog sensor The input of the module is not related to ZP If the input of the second device i...

Page 462: ...an be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 6 Parameterization on page 472 Current 20 mA 20 mA 1 channel used Current 0 mA 20 mA 1 channel used Current 4 mA 20 mA 1 channel used This setting is not applicable with passive type analog sensors current The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays displays Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 7 Diagnosis on page 475 Unused input channels can be left ope...

Page 463: ...onnection must be observed by all means from the sensor to the module and then to the input of the second device The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 6 Parameterization on page 472 Current 20 mA 20 mA 1 channel used Current 0 mA 20 mA 1 channel used Current 4 mA 20 mA 1 channel used This setting is not applicable with passive type analog sensors current The function...

Page 464: ...plays displays Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 7 Diagnosis on page 475 Connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Cu50 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module AI531 provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the 4 analog chan nels Fig 43 Co...

Page 465: ...valuation For this the module AI531 provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the 4 analog chan nels Fig 44 Connection example The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 6 Parameterization on page 472 Pt100 50 C 70 C 400 C 200 C 850 C 1 channel used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 1 channel used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 1 channel used Cu50 50 C 200 C 1 426 200 C 200 C 1 428...

Page 466: ...00 50 C 400 C 1 channel used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 1 channel used Cu50 50 C 200 C 1 426 200 C 200 C 1 428 1 channel used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays displays Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 7 Diagnosis on page 475 The module linearizes the resistance thermometer characteristics In order to keep measuring errors as small as possible it is necessary by all me...

Page 467: ...rder to avoid error messages from unused analog input channels it is useful to configure them as unused Connection of a resistance measuring bridge with internal supply When resistance measuring bridges are connected the short circuit proof voltage output internal supply at pin I0A or I2A I4A I6A must be used This supply voltage is activated as soon as Voltage Measurement is configured for the rel...

Page 468: ... of the resistor deviation must be performed via the bridge voltage by the PLC user program Connection of a resistance measuring bridge with external supply With the connection of a resistance measuring bridge with external supply the supply voltage is provided separately Device specifications I O modules Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 468 ...

Page 469: ...5 V 0 10 V 0 V 10 V Fig 48 Connection example 1 Bridge to IxB necessary with galvanically isolated supply All voltage measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 3 6 Parameterization on page 472 The calculation of the resistor deviation must be performed via the bridge voltage by the PLC user program Device specifications I O modules Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 469 ...

Page 470: ...meterization on page 472 J type 210 C 1200 C Fe CuNi 1 channel used K type 270 C 1372 C Ni CrNi 1 channel used N type 270 C 1300 C NiCrSi NiSi 1 channel used S type 50 C 1768 C Pt10Rh Pt 1 channel used T type 270 C 400 C Cu CuNi 1 channel used Device specifications I O modules Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 470 ...

Page 471: ...mpensation with compensation box A compensation box balances the temperature difference between the cold junction and the reference temperature by generating a bridge voltage The reference temperature is transferred via the output data word The compensation box must fit to the type of thermocouple and is located at the end of the compensating cables where the cold junction is located The cabling t...

Page 472: ...iguration Firmware version V2 0 0 The arrangement of the parameter data is per formed by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Module Module slot address Y 1 10 Name Value Internal value Internal value Type Default Min Ma...

Page 473: ...annel monitoring on page 475 see Ä Table 94 Channel monitoring on page 475 Byte 0 0x03 3 Line fre quency sup pression see Ä Fur ther infor mation on page 475 see Ä Fur ther infor mation on page 475 Byte 0 0x00 4 Compensa tion channel see Ä Fur ther infor mation on page 475 see Ä Fur ther infor mation on page 475 Byte 0 0x00 Table 93 Channel configuration Internal value Operating modes for the anal...

Page 474: ...t Pt1000 2 wire 50 C 400 C 17 Analog input Pt1000 3 wire 50 C 400 C 50 Analog input Pt1000 4 wire 50 C 400 C 18 Analog input Ni1000 2 wire 50 C 150 C 19 Analog input Ni1000 3 wire 50 C 150 C 51 Analog input Ni1000 4 wire 50 C 150 C 39 Analog input Cu50 1 426 2 wire 50 C 200 C 40 Analog input Cu50 1 426 3 wire 50 C 200 C 41 Analog input Cu50 1 426 4 wire 50 C 200 C 42 Analog input Cu50 1 428 2 wire...

Page 475: ...el 3 possible with channels 0 1 2 5 Channel 4 possible with channels 5 6 7 6 Channel 5 possible with channels 4 6 7 7 Channel 6 possible with channels 4 5 7 8 Channel 7 possible with channels 4 5 6 9 External with temperature value Diagnosis E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identifier 000 063 AC500 display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC browser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 F...

Page 476: ...1 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched OFF ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error 4 14 1 10 1 0 7 48 Analog value overflow or broken wire at an analog input Check input value or...

Page 477: ...1 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The FBP diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 expansion module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies dependent of the master Module error I O bus or FBP 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or FBP module type...

Page 478: ...anges Bipolar voltage input range measuring bridge The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range 50 50 mV 500 500 mV 1 1 V 5 5 V 10 10 V Commo n Mode Voltage Digital value Decimal Hex Over flow 58 7945 587 944 9 1 17589 5 8794 11 7589 20 0000 32767 7FFF Meas ured value too high 58 7945 50 0018 587 944 9 500 018 1 1 17589 1 00004 5 8794 5 0002 11 7589 10 0004 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal ...

Page 479: ...0 0004 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 5 0000 0 0002 10 0000 0 0004 ON 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 0 0000 OFF 0 0000 Measured value too low 0 0002 0 8794 0 0004 1 1759 1 4864 FFFF ED00 Underflow 0 8794 1 1759 32768 8000 Current input ranges Range 20 20 mA 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 23 5178 23 5178 22 8142 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 23 5178 20 0007 23 5178 20 0007 22...

Page 480: ... 200 200 C Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 850 C 160 0 C 200 C 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 160 0 C 150 1 C 1600 1501 0640 05DD 80 0 C 70 1 C 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 70 0 C 0 1 C 400 0 C 0 1 C 850 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 200 0 C 0 1 C 8500 4000 2000 1500 700 1 2134 0FA0 07D0 05DC 02BC 1 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 0 1 C 50 0 C 0...

Page 481: ...s Range Resistor W Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 55000 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 55000 50001 30413 27649 76CD 6C01 Normal range 50000 2 1 0 27648 1 1 0 6C00 0001 0001 0000 Thermocouple input ranges The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range Typ J 210 1200 C Typ K 270 1372 C Typ N 270 1300 C Typ S 50 1768 C Typ T 270 400 C Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 1200 0 C 1372 ...

Page 482: ...chnical data The system data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 are applicable to the standard version The system data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System data AC500 XC on page 1023 are applicable to the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Parameter Value Process voltage Connections T...

Page 483: ... into groups 2 groups of 4 channels each Connections of the channels I0 to I3 Terminals 1 0 to 1 7 and terminals 2 0 to 2 7 Connections of the channels I4 to I7 Terminals 3 0 to 3 7 and terminals 4 0 to 4 7 Input type Bipolar not with current or Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Cu50 resistor Galvanic isolation Against internal supply and other modules Common mode input range 20 V DC plus signal voltage Configu...

Page 484: ...dically the input impedance is switched to the normal value and the input current is measured If the input current is within the meas urement range the input impedance remains at the normal level and the dig ital value corresponds to the measured current Voltage input 30 V Relationship between input signal and hex code Ä Table 94 Channel monitoring on page 475 Unused voltage inputs Are configured ...

Page 485: ...iption Product life cycle phase 1SAP 250 600 R0001 AI531 analog input module 8 AI U I Pt100 TC 15 bits sign 4 wires Active 1SAP 450 600 R0001 AI531 XC analog input module 8 AI U I Pt100 TC 15 bits sign 4 wires XC version Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 2 2 4 AO523 Analog output module Module wi...

Page 486: ... Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs Functionality 16 analog outputs in two groups 8 channels configurable for voltage or currrent output O0 O3 O8 O11 8 channels for voltage output O4 O7 O12 O15 Resolution 12 bits plus...

Page 487: ...l mounting TA526 Ä Chapter 1 8 2 6 TA526 Wall mounting accessory on page 902 The connection of the I O channels is carried out using the 40 terminals of the I O terminal unit I O modules can be replaced without re wiring the terminal units The terminals 1 8 to 4 8 and 1 9 to 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the I O terminal units and have always the same assignment independent of the ins...

Page 488: ...ult in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short ci...

Page 489: ...em it must be ensured that the potential difference between ZP and AGND never can exceed 1 V CAUTION The process supply voltage must be included in the grounding concept e g grounding of the negative pole The modules provide several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 4 7 Diagnosis on page 495 Device specifications I O modules Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 489 ...

Page 490: ...ys Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Internal data exchange Digital inputs bytes 0 Digital outputs bytes 0 Counter input data words 0 Counter output data words 16 I O configuration The module does not store configuration data itself It gets its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bus CPU or communication interface module during power up of the system That means r...

Page 491: ... 0 65535 0x0Y01 2 Ignore module 2 No Yes 0 1 Byte No 0x00 Not for FBP 3 Param eter length in bytes Internal 39 Byte 39 CPU 39 FBP 0 255 0x0Y02 4 Check supply Off On 0 1 Byte On 0x01 0 1 0x0Y03 5 Analog data format Default 0 Byte Default 0x00 0x0Y04 6 Behav iour of outputs at com munica tion errors Off Last value Substi tute value 0 1 n 5 2 n 5 n 2 Byte Off 0x00 0 2 0x0Y05 7 Channel con figura tion...

Page 492: ...ration and channel moni toring of the output channels 4 to 7 See Ä Table 97 Chann el configuration 3 on page 494 and Ä Table 98 Chann el monitoring 4 on page 494 Byte Byte Default 0x00 0x00 0 0 128 3 0x0Y0F to 0x0Y16 24 Channel con figura tion Output channel 8 See Ä Table 97 Chann el configuration 3 on page 494 Byte Default 0x00 0 130 0x0Y17 25 Channel moni toring Output channel 8 See Ä Table 98 C...

Page 493: ...o 15 See Ä Table 97 Chann el configuration 3 on page 494 and Ä Table 98 Chann el monitoring 4 on page 494 Byte Byte Default 0x00 0x00 0 0 128 3 0x0Y20 to 0x0Y27 1 With CS31 and addresses less than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 42 0x05 0xe7 0x27 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00...

Page 494: ...ternal value type 1 Channel configuration see table 3 Byte 2 Channel monitoring see table 4 Byte Table 97 Channel configuration 3 Internal value Operating modes of the analog outputs individually configurable 0 Unused default 128 Analog output 10 V 10 V 129 Analog output 0 mA 20 mA not with the channels 4 7 and 12 15 130 Analog output 4 mA 20 mA not with the channels 4 7 and 12 15 Table 98 Channel...

Page 495: ... Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 40 Different hard firmware versions in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Ove...

Page 496: ...agnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 expansion module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies dependent of the master Module error I O bus or FBP 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or FBP module type 3 AO COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 4 ...

Page 497: ...Ds CH ERR2 and CH ERR4 light up together Output ranges Output ranges voltage and current The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 11 7589 V 23 5178 mA 22 8142 mA 32511 7EFF Value too high 11 7589 V 10 0004 V 23 5178 mA 20 0007 mA 22 8142 mA 20 0006 mA 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 10 0000 V 0 0004 V 20 0000 mA 0 0007 mA...

Page 498: ...olation Yes per module Current consumption From 24 V DC power supply at the terminals UP L and ZP M of the CPU communication interface module Ca 2 mA Current consumption from UP at normal oper ation 0 15 A output loads Inrush current from UP at power up 0 040 A2s Max length of analog cables conductor cross sec tion 0 14 mm2 100 m Weight 300 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical with derating ...

Page 499: ...signals One LED per channel Resolution 12 bits sign Settling time for full range change resis tive load output signal within specified tolerance Typ 5 ms Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resolution within the normal range Typ 0 5 of full scale at 25 C Max 1 of full scale all ranges at 0 C 60 C or EMC disturbance Relationship between outp...

Page 500: ... to display the signal states at the analog inputs I0 I3 4 4 yellow LEDs to display the signal states at the analog outputs O0 O3 5 1 green LED to display the state of the process supply voltage UP 6 2 red LEDs to display errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface mo...

Page 501: ...fault setting 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Parameter Value Resolution of the analog channels Voltage 10 V 10 V 12 bits plus sign Voltage 0 V 10 V 12 bits Current 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 12 bits Temperature 0 1 C LED displays 11 LEDs for signals and error messages Internal power supply Via the I O bus interface I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 V DC Requi...

Page 502: ...iption 1 0 to 1 3 I0 to I3 Negative poles of the 4 analog inputs 2 0 to 2 3 I0 to I3 Positive poles of the 4 analog inputs 3 0 to 3 3 O0 to O3 Negative poles of the 4 analog outputs 4 0 to 4 3 O0 to O3 Positive poles of the 4 analog outputs The negative poles of the analog inputs are connected to each other to form an Analog Ground signal for the module The negative poles of the analog outputs are...

Page 503: ...ult in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short ci...

Page 504: ...ding concept e g grounding of the negative pole Connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the I O module provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the 8 analog channels UP ZP 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1...

Page 505: ... 8 UP 2 9 ZP Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Fig 54 Connection example If several measuring points are adjacent to each other only one return line is necessary This saves wiring costs With the 3 wire configuration two adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In this case both channels are configured according to the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address cha...

Page 506: ...1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 0 10 V 10 10 V UIN AGND Fig 55 Connection example By connecting the sensor s negative pole of the output voltage to AGND the galvanically isolated voltage source of the sensor is referred to ZP The following measuring ranges can be configured for AX521 Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 5 6 Parameterization on page 511 and for AX522 Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 6 6 ...

Page 507: ...low resistance Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage with no galvanically isolated power supply UP ZP 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 0 10 V AGND Fig 57 Connection example CAUTION The potential difference between AGND and ZP at the module must not be greater than 1V not even in case of long lines see figure Terminal Assignment Device specifications I O module...

Page 508: ...1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 4 20 mA Fig 58 Connection example Current 4 mA 20 mA 1 channel used CAUTION If during initialization an analog current sensor supplies more than 25 mA for more than 1 second to an analog input this input is switched off by the module input protection In such cases it is recommended to protect the analog input by a 10 volt Zener diode in parallel...

Page 509: ...ential at the sensors must not have too large a potential difference with respect to ZP max 1 V within the full signal range Other wise problems may occur concerning the common mode input voltages of the involved analog inputs UP ZP 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 0 10 V 10 10 V UIN Fig 59 Connection example The negative pole of the sensor must be grounded next to the s...

Page 510: ...ZP 3 0 O0 3 1 O1 3 8 UP 3 9 ZP PTC 4 0 O0 4 1 O1 4 8 UP 4 9 ZP 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Fig 61 Connection example Voltage 10 V 10 V Load max 10 mA 1 channel used Current 0 mA 20 mA Load 0 W 500 W 1 channel used Current 4 mA 20 mA Load 0 W 500 W 1 channel used Only the channels 0 3 can be configured as current output 0 mA 20 mA or 4 mA 20 mA Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Device sp...

Page 511: ...ware The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configura tion Module Module slot address Y 1 10 No Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index 1 Module ID Internal 1505 1 Word 1505 0x05E1 0 65535 0x0Y01 2 Ignore module 2 No Yes 0 1 Byte No 0x00 Not for FBP...

Page 512: ... 0x00 0x00 0 0 19 3 0x0Y08 to 0x0Y0D 15 Channel configu ration Output channel 0 See table Ä Table 101 Chan nel configuration 2 on page 513 Byte Default 0x00 0 130 0x0Y0E 16 Channel moni toring Output channel 0 See table Ä Table 102 Chan nel monitoring 3 on page 514 Byte Default 0x00 0 3 0x0Y0F 17 Substi tute value Output channel 0 only valid for output channel 0 0 0xffff Word Default 0x0000 0 6553...

Page 513: ...nst 0 24 0x05 0xe2 0x15 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Table 100 Input channel 4x No Name Internal value type Default 1 Channel configuration see table 2 Byte 0 0x00 see table 2 2 Channel monitoring see table 3 Byte 0 0x00 see table 3 Table 101 Channel configuration 2 Internal value Operating modes of the analog inputs indiv...

Page 514: ...ting mode The lower address must be the even address channel 0 The next higher address must be the odd address channel 1 The converted analog value is available at the higher address channel 1 Table 102 Channel monitoring 3 Internal value Monitoring 0 Plausibility open circuit broken wire and short circuit 3 No monitoring Table 103 Output channel 0 1 channel No Name Value Internal value Internal v...

Page 515: ...rn off Last value 10 sec 0 Substitute value infinite Substitute value Depending on configuration Substitute value for 5 s and then turn off Substitute value 5 sec Depending on configuration Substitute value for 10 s and then turn off Substitute value 10 sec Depending on configuration Diagnosis Table 108 Possible diagnosis of I O channels Output range Condition Output value in the PLC underflow Out...

Page 516: ... I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON ...

Page 517: ...us 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The FBP diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 expansion module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus or FBP 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expan sion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or FBP module...

Page 518: ...channel of the group CH ERR4 Red CH ERR Module error Red Internal error Both LEDs CH ERR2 and CH ERR4 light up together Measuring ranges Input ranges of voltage current and digital input The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital input Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 11 7589 11 758 9 23 517 8 22 814 2 32767 7FFF Meas ured value too high 11 758...

Page 519: ... 7FFF Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 160 0 C 150 1 C 1600 1501 0640 05DD 80 0 C 70 1 C 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 70 0 C 0 1 C 400 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C 1 500 FFFF FE0C Measured value too low 50 1 C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C 501 600 FE0B FDA8 Underflow 60 ...

Page 520: ...e standard version The system data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System data AC500 XC on page 1023 are applicable to the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Parameter Value Process voltage Connections Terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 for 24 V UP as well as 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for 0 V ZP Rated value 24 V DC Max ripple...

Page 521: ...0 Ni1000 Galvanic isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be configured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs Current 100 µs Indication of the input signals One LED per channel Conversion cycle 2 ms for 8 inputs 8 out...

Page 522: ...Input voltage 24 V Typ 7 mA Input voltage 5 V Typ 1 4 mA Input voltage 15 V Typ 4 3 mA Input voltage 30 V 9 mA Input resistance ca 3 5 kW Technical data of the analog outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 4 all channels for voltage and current Distribution of channels into groups 1 group of 4 channels Channels O0 O3 Terminals 3 0 3 3 Channels O0 O3 Terminals 4 0 4 3 Output type Bip...

Page 523: ...life cycle phase 1SAP 250 100 R0001 AX521 analog input output module 4 AI 4 AO U I Pt100 12 bits sign 2 wires Active 1SAP 450 100 R0001 AX521 XC analog input output module 4 AI 4 AO U I Pt100 12 bits sign 2 wires XC version Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 2 2 6 AX522 Analog input output module ...

Page 524: ...display errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs Functionality 8 analog inputs I0 I7 individually configurable for Unused default setting 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 mA...

Page 525: ...s Temperature 0 1 C LED displays 19 LEDs for signals and error messages Internal power supply Via the I O bus interface I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 V DC Required terminal unit TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 TU515 TU516 TU541 and TU542 for I O modules on page 126 Connections For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and connection of the...

Page 526: ...ignal for the module The negative poles of the analog outputs are connected to each other to form an Analog Ground signal for the module There is no galvanic isolation between the analog circuitry and ZP UP There fore the analog sensors must be galvanically isolated in order to avoid loops via the ground potential or the supply voltage Because of their common reference potential analog current inp...

Page 527: ...thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with o...

Page 528: ...The process supply voltage must be included in the grounding concept e g grounding of the negative pole Connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the I O module provides a constant current source which is multiplexed...

Page 529: ...ges from unused analog input channels it is useful to configure them as unused Connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the I O module provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 8 depending...

Page 530: ...ecessary to have all the involved conductors in the same cable All the conductors must have the same cross section Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire configuration two channels used Pt100 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration two channels used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration two channels used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 3 wire configuration two channels used The I O module performs a linearization of the resistance ch...

Page 531: ... error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analog input channels as unused Connection of active type analog sensors Current with galvanically isolated power supply Fig 66 Connection example Current 0 mA 20 mA 1 channel used Current 4 mA 20 mA 1 channel used Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance Device specifications I O m...

Page 532: ...e The measuring signal is distorted as a very small current flows through the voltage line The total current through the PTC should not exceed 50 mA This measuring method is therefore only suitable for short lines and small sensor currents If there are bigger distances the difference measuring method should be applied Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used if the sensor c...

Page 533: ...minal is remotely grounded The use of differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid ground loops With differential input configurations two adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In this case both channels are configured according to the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address channel 0 the next higher ad...

Page 534: ...nels used In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analog input channels as unused Use of analog inputs as digital inputs Several or all analog inputs can be configured as digital inputs The inputs are not galvanically isolated against the other analog channels 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP UP ZP Fig 70 Connection exam...

Page 535: ...ed Only the channels 0 3 can be configured as current output 0 mA 20 mA or 4 mA 20 mA Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Internal data exchange Digital inputs bytes 0 Digital outputs bytes 0 Counter input data words 8 Counter output data words 8 I O configuration The module does not store configuration data itself It gets its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bu...

Page 536: ... Max EDS Slot Index 1 Module ID Internal 1500 1 Word 1500 0x05dc 0 65535 0x0Y01 2 Ignore module 2 No Yes 0 1 Byte No 0x00 not for FBP 3 Param eter length in bytes Internal 37 Byte 37 CPU 37 FBP 0 255 0x0Y02 4 Check supply Off On 0 1 Byte On 0x01 0 1 0x0Y03 5 Analog data format Default 0 Byte Default 0x00 0x0Y04 6 Behav iour of outputs at com munica tion errors Off Last value Substi tute value 0 1 ...

Page 537: ...ng Output channel 0 See Ä Table 112 Chan nel monitoring 3 on page 539 Byte Default 0x00 0 3 0x0Y17 25 Substi tute value Output channel 0 only valid for output channel 0 0 0xffff Word Default 0x0000 0 65535 0x0Y18 26 to 31 Channel configu ration and channel moni toring of the output channels 1 to 3 See Ä Table 111 Chan nel configuration 2 on page 538 and Ä Table 112 Chan nel monitoring 3 on page 53...

Page 538: ...FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 24 0x05 0xe2 0x15 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Table 110 Input channel 4x No Name Internal value type Default 1 Channel configuration see table 2 Byte 0 0x00 see table 2 2 Channel monitoring see table 3 Byte 0 0x00 see t...

Page 539: ...cent analog inputs belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In these cases both channels are configured in the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address channel 0 The next higher address must be the odd address channel 1 The converted analog value is available at the higher address channel 1 Table 112 Channel monitoring 3 Internal value Monitoring 0 Plausibility open circui...

Page 540: ... a communication error Required setting of the channel parameter Substi tute value Output OFF Off 0 Last value infinite Last value 0 Last value for 5 s and then turn off Last value 5 sec 0 Last value for 10 s and then turn off Last value 10 sec 0 Substitute value infinite Substitute value Depending on configuration Substitute value for 5 s and then turn off Substitute value 5 sec Depending on conf...

Page 541: ...4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 40 Different hard firm ware versions in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data excha...

Page 542: ...8 15 7 Analog value under flow at an analog output Check output value 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The FBP diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 expansion module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following...

Page 543: ...channel of the group CH ERR4 Red CH ERR Module error Red Internal error Both LEDs CH ERR2 and CH ERR4 light up together Measuring ranges Input ranges of voltage current and digital input The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital input Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 11 7589 11 758 9 23 517 8 22 814 2 32767 7FFF Meas ured value too high 11 758...

Page 544: ... 7FFF Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 160 0 C 150 1 C 1600 1501 0640 05DD 80 0 C 70 1 C 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 70 0 C 0 1 C 400 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C 1 500 FFFF FE0C Measured value too low 50 1 C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C 501 600 FE0B FDA8 Underflow 60 ...

Page 545: ...e standard version The system data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System data AC500 XC on page 1023 are applicable to the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Parameter Value Process voltage Connections Terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 for 24 V UP as well as 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for 0 V ZP Rated value 24 V DC Max ripple...

Page 546: ...put type Bipolar not with current or Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Galvanic isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be configured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs current 100 µs Indication of the input signals One LED per ...

Page 547: ...ltage 5 V Typ 1 4 mA Input voltage 15 V Typ 4 3 mA Input voltage 30 V 9 mA Input resistance Ca 3 5 kW Technical data of the analog outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 all channels for voltage the first 4 channels also for current Distribution of channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Channels O0 O7 Terminals 3 0 3 7 Channels O0 O7 Terminals 4 0 4 7 Output type Bipolar with ...

Page 548: ...t module 8 AI 8 AO U I Pt100 12 bits sign 2 wires Active 1SAP 450 000 R0001 AX522 XC analog input output module 8 AI 8 AO U I Pt100 12 bits sign 2 wires XC version Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 6 3 Digital Analog I O modules 1 6 3 1 S500 1 6 3 1 1 DA501 Digital Analog input output module 16 dig...

Page 549: ...puts DC16 to DC23 7 1 green LED to display the state of the process supply voltage UP 8 4 red LEDs to display errors 9 Label 10 Terminal unit 11 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 communication iInterface modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs Function...

Page 550: ...nection of the module please refer to the System Assembly Construction and Connection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard on page 971 The connection is carried out by using the 40 terminals of the terminal unit TU515 TU516 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 TU515 TU516 TU541 and TU542 for I O modules on page 126 The assignment of the terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 0 DI0 Signal of the digital input DI0 1 1 ...

Page 551: ...tal input output C16 4 1 C17 Signal of the configurable digital input output C17 4 2 C18 Signal of the configurable digital input output C18 4 3 C19 Signal of the configurable digital input output C19 4 4 C20 Signal of the configurable digital input output C20 4 5 C21 Signal of the configurable digital input output C21 4 6 C22 Signal of the configurable digital input output C22 4 7 C23 Signal of t...

Page 552: ...lies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages NOTICE R...

Page 553: ... Fig 72 Terminal assignment of the module The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 1 7 Diagnosis on page 569 Connection of the digital inputs The following figure shows the connection of the digital input DI0 Proceed with the digital inputs DI1 to DI15 in the same way Fig 73 Connection of the module The meaning of the LEDs is described in the Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 1 8...

Page 554: ... used as fast counter inputs connect a 470 W 1 W resistor in series to inputs DC16 DC17 Connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog inputs When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module DA501 provides a constant current source which is mult...

Page 555: ...haracteristic To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration to the analog inputs When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module DA501 provides a constant current source whic...

Page 556: ...conductors must have the same cross section The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 1 6 Parameterization on page 565 Pt100 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 6...

Page 557: ...ys Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 572 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of active type analog sensors Current with galvanically isolated power supply to the analog inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors current with galvani cally isolated power supply to the analog input AI0 Proce...

Page 558: ...s Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 572 Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage with no galvanically isolated power supply to the analog inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage with no galvanically isolated power supply to the analog input AI0 ...

Page 559: ...age 565 Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to the Diagnosis and displays Displays chapter Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 572 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of passive type analog sensors Current to the analog inputs The following figure s...

Page 560: ...Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage to differential analog inputs Differential inputs are very useful if analog sensors which are remotely non isolated e g the negative terminal is remotely grounded are used Using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid ground loops With differential input configurations two adjacent analog channels belon...

Page 561: ...e 565 Voltage 0 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to the Diagnosis and displays Displays chapter Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 572 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Use of analog inputs as digital inputs Se...

Page 562: ... the function of the LEDs please refer to the Diagnosis and displays Displays chapter Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 572 Connection of analog output loads Voltage The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device specifications I O modules Digital Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 56...

Page 563: ... the LEDs please refer to the Diagnosis and displays Displays chapter Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 572 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Connection of analog output loads Current The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device specifications I O modules Digital Analog I O modules...

Page 564: ...rcuited Internal data exchange Without the fast counter With the fast counter only with AC500 Digital inputs bytes 3 5 Digital outputs bytes 1 3 Analog inputs words 4 4 Digital outputs words 2 2 Counter input data words 0 4 Counter output data words 0 8 I O configuration The module does not store configuration data itself It gets its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bus CPU ...

Page 565: ... Parameter length Internal 8 BYTE 8 0xY02 Check supply off 0 BYTE 1 0xY03 on 1 Fast counter 3 0 10 4 0 10 BYTE 0 not for FBP Behavior out puts at comm error 5 Off Last value Last value 5 sec Last value 10 sec Substi tute value Substitute value 5 sec Substitute value 10 sec 0 1 6 11 2 7 12 BYTE Off 0x00 0x0Y07 2 Setting Description On Error LED lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode...

Page 566: ...r on page 349 5 The parameter Behavior outputs at comm error is only analyzed if the Failsafe mode is ON Group parameters for the digital part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default EDS Slot Index Input delay 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 BYTE 0 1 ms 0x00 0x0Y05 Detect short circuit at out puts Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 0x0Y06 Substitute value at output 0 255 00h FFh BYTE 0 0x0000 0x...

Page 567: ...con figuration on page 567 BYTE 0 0x0Y0F Input 3 Check channel see Ä Table 121 Channel mon itoring on page 568 see Ä Table 121 Channel mon itoring on page 568 BYTE 0 0x0Y10 Table 120 Channel configuration Internal value Operating modes of the analog inputs individually configurable 0 default Not used 1 0 V 10 V 2 Digital input 3 0 mA 20 mA 4 4 mA 20 mA 5 10 V 10 V 8 2 wire Pt100 50 C 400 C 9 3 wir...

Page 568: ...Slot Index 0 Output 0 Channel con figuration see Ä Table 122 Channel con figuration on page 569 see Ä Table 122 Channel con figuration on page 569 BYTE 0 0x0Y11 Output 0 Check channel see Ä Table 123 Channel mon itoring on page 569 see Ä Table 123 Channel mon itoring on page 569 BYTE 0 0x0Y12 Output 0 Substitute value see Ä Table 124 Substitute value on page 569 see Ä Table 124 Substitute value on...

Page 569: ...OFF Off 0 Last value infinite Last value 0 Last value for 5 s and then turn off Last value 5 sec 0 Last value for 10 s and then turn off Last value 10 sec 0 Substitute value infinite Substitute value Depending on configuration Substitute value for 5 s and then turn off Substitute value 5 sec Depending on configuration Substitute value for 10 s and then turn off Substitute value 10 sec Depending on...

Page 570: ...art 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error DA501 4 14 1 10 2 22 29 5 47 Short circuit at a digital output Check connection 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error DA501 4 14 1 10 1 16 19...

Page 571: ...this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus or FBP 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expan sion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or FBP module type 1 AI 3 AO 4 DC COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 4 In cas...

Page 572: ...t an output CH ERR2 Red CH ERR3 Red CH ERR4 Red CH ERR 3 Module error Red Internal error 1 Indication LED is ON even if an input signal is applied to the channel and the supply voltage is off In this case the module is not operating and does not generate an input signal 2 Brightness depends on the value of the analog signal 3 All of the LEDs CH ERR1 to CH ERR4 light up together Measuring ranges In...

Page 573: ...648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 32768 8000 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Input ranges resistance temperature detector Range Pt100 Pt1000 50 70 C Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 160 0 C Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 160 0 C 150 1 C 80 0 C 70 1 C Device spec...

Page 574: ...1 C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C Underflow 60 0 C 60 0 C 60 0 C Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 1600 1501 0640 05DD 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0000 1 500 FFFF FE0C Measured value too low 501 600 FE0B FDA8 Underflow 32768 8000 Device specifications I O modules Digital Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3ADR...

Page 575: ...9 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA Underflow 0 V 0 mA 0 mA Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32511 7EFF Value too high 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 32512 8100 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Technical data Technical data of the module The system data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 ...

Page 576: ... 2 mA Inrush current from UP at power up 0 04 A2s Galvanic isolation Yes per module Max power dissipation within the module 6 W outputs unloaded Weight without terminal unit ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal mounting or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet NOT...

Page 577: ...0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technical data of the configurable digital inputs outputs Each of the configurable digital I O channels can be defined as input or output by the user program This is done...

Page 578: ...ined Signal 5 V 15 V 1 Signal 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length shielded 1000 m unshielded 600 m Due to the direct connection to the output the demagnetizing varistor is also effective at the input see figure...

Page 579: ...cy With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short cir cuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes software controlled supervision Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m ...

Page 580: ...rent measurement Input type Unipolar Voltage 0 V 10 V current or Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Bipolar Voltage 10 V 10 V Configurability 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be configured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs Current 100 µs Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel b...

Page 581: ...ns of the channels AI0 to AI3 Terminals 3 0 to 3 3 Reference potential for the inputs Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 ZP Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel Input signal voltage 24 V DC Signal 0 30 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 13 V Signal 1 13 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 7 mA Input voltage 5 V Typ 1 4 mA Input voltage 15 V Typ 3 7 mA Input voltage 30 V 9 mA In...

Page 582: ...hex code Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 1 9 3 Output ranges voltage and current on page 575 Unused outputs Are configured as unused default value and can be left open circuited Internal data exchange Without the fast counter With the fast counter only with AC500 Digital inputs bytes 3 5 Digital outputs bytes 1 3 Analog inputs words 4 4 Analog outputs words 2 2 Counter input data words 0 4 Counter output data w...

Page 583: ...erminal number and signal name 3 16 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital outputs DO0 to DO15 4 4 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the analog inputs AI0 to AI3 5 2 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the analog outputs AO0 to AO1 6 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the configurable digital inputs outputs DC16 to DC23 7 1 green LED to display the sta...

Page 584: ...a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and connection of the module please refer to the System Assembly Construction and Connection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard on page 971 The connection is carried out by using the 40 terminals of the terminal unit TU515 TU516 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 TU515 TU516 TU541 and TU542 for I O modules on page 126 The assignment of the terminals Terminal Signa...

Page 585: ...configurable digital input output DC16 4 1 DC17 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC17 4 2 DC18 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC18 4 3 DC19 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC19 4 4 DC20 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC20 4 5 DC21 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC21 4 6 DC22 Signal of the configurable digital input o...

Page 586: ...lies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages NOTICE R...

Page 587: ... of the digital outputs The following figure shows the connection of the digital output DO0 Proceed with the digital outputs DO1 to DO15 in the same way For a description of the meaning of the LEDs please refer to the Displays chapter Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 606 Connection of the configurable digital inputs outputs The following figure shows the connection of the configurable digi...

Page 588: ...ce thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog inputs When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module DA502 provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over max 4 analog input channels The following figure shows the connection of resistance thermometers ...

Page 589: ...s a linearization of the resistance characteristic To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration to the analog inputs When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module DA502 pr...

Page 590: ...s section The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 2 6 Parameterization on page 599 Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 2 9 Measuring ranges on page 606 Pt100 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis ...

Page 591: ...lease refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 606 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of active type analog sensors Current with galvanically isolated power supply to the analog inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors current with galvani cally isolated power s...

Page 592: ...ase refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 606 Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage with no galvanically isolated power supply to the analog inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage with no galvanically isolated pow...

Page 593: ... 6 3 1 2 9 Measuring ranges on page 606 Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 606 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of passive type analog sensors Current to the analog inputs Th...

Page 594: ...re of low resistance Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage to differential analog inputs Differential inputs are very useful if analog sensors which are remotely non isolated e g the negative terminal is remotely grounded are used Using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid ground loops With differential input configurations two adjacent ...

Page 595: ...3 1 2 9 Measuring ranges on page 606 Voltage 0 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 606 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Use of analog inputs a...

Page 596: ...hannel used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 606 Connection of analog output loads Voltage The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device specifications I O modules Digital Analog I O modules 2022 01 31 3...

Page 597: ...a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 606 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Connection of analog output loads Current The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device specifications I O modules Digita...

Page 598: ...an be left open circuited Internal data exchange Without the fast counter With the fast counter only with AC500 Digital inputs bytes 1 1 Digital outputs bytes 3 3 Analog inputs words 4 4 Analog outputs words 2 2 Counter input data words 0 5 Counter output data words 0 9 I O configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It draws its parameterization data from the master device o...

Page 599: ...lue Internal value type Default EDS Slot Index Module ID 1 Internal 1815 WORD 1815 0x0Y01 Ignore module Internal Yes No BYTE No Parameter length Internal 8 BYTE 8 0xY02 Check supply off 0 BYTE 1 0xY03 on 1 Fast counter 3 0 10 2 0 10 BYTE 0 Not for FBP Behavior out puts at comm error 5 Off Last value Last value 5 s Last value 10 s Substitute value Substitute value 5 s Substitute value 10 s 0 1 6 11...

Page 600: ...connected to a CS31 bus module 5 The parameter Behavior outputs at comm error is only analyzed if the Failsafe mode is ON Group parameters for the digital part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default EDS Slot Index Input delay 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 BYTE 0 1 ms 0x00 0x0Y05 Detect short circuit at out puts Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 0x0Y06 Substitute value at output 0 255 00h FFh...

Page 601: ...on figuration on page 601 BYTE 0 0x0Y0F Input 3 Check channel see Ä Table 126 Channel mon itoring on page 602 see Ä Table 126 Channel mon itoring on page 602 BYTE 0 0x0Y10 Table 125 Channel configuration Internal value Operating modes of the analog inputs individually configu rable 0 default Not used 1 0 V 10 V 2 Digital input 3 0 mA 20 mA 4 4 mA 20 mA 5 10 V 10 V 8 2 wire Pt100 50 C 400 C 9 3 wir...

Page 602: ... Slot Index 0 Output 0 Channel con figuration see Ä Table 127 Channel con figuration on page 603 see Ä Table 127 Channel con figuration on page 603 BYTE 0 0x0Y11 Output 0 Check channel see Ä Table 128 Channel mon itoring on page 603 see Ä Table 128 Channel mon itoring on page 603 BYTE 0 0x0Y12 Output 0 Substitute value see Ä Table 129 Substitute value on page 603 see Ä Table 129 Substitute value o...

Page 603: ...put OFF Off 0 Last value infinite Last value 0 Last value for 5 s and then turn off Last value 5 s 0 Last value for 10 s and then turn off Last value 10 s 0 Substitute value infinite Substitute value Depending on configuration Substitute value for 5 s and then turn off Substitute value 5 s Depending on configuration Substitute value for 10 s and then turn off Substitute value 10 s Depending on con...

Page 604: ...11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error DA502 4 14 1 10 2 0 15 22 29 5 47 Short circuit at a digital output Check connection 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error DA502 4 14 1 10 1 16 1...

Page 605: ...h Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus 31 Module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus module type 1 AI 3 AO 4 DC COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 4 In case of module errors with channel 31 m...

Page 606: ... CH ERR3 Red CH ERR4 Red CH ERR 3 Module error Red Internal error 1 Indication LED is ON even if an input signal is applied to the channel and the supply voltage is off In this case the module is not operating and does not generate an input signal 2 Brightness depends on the value of the analog signal 3 All of the LEDs CH ERR1 to CH ERR4 light up together Measuring ranges Input ranges voltage curr...

Page 607: ...erature detector Range Pt100 Pt1000 50 70 C Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 160 0 C 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 160 0 C 150 1 C 1600 1501 0640 05DD 80 0 C 70 1 C 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 70 0 C 0 1 C 400 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 0 1 C ...

Page 608: ... 0000 mA 4 0000 mA 0 0000 0 0004 V 10 0000 V 0 mA 0 mA 3 9994 mA 0 mA 0 mA 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Value too low 10 0004 V 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 0 V 0 mA 0 mA 32512 8100 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Technical data Technical data of the module The system data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 are applicab...

Page 609: ... output load reduced to 50 at 40 C Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 V DC Multiple overloads No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules o...

Page 610: ...elow Switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz with max 5 W Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short cir cuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technica...

Page 611: ...art of the input circuitry Input type according EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 0 1 ms configurable from 0 1 32 ms Input signal voltage 24 V DC 0 Signal 3 V 5 V Undefined Signal 5 V 15 V 1 Signal 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 mA Input ...

Page 612: ...netization with inductive DC load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short cir cuit overload Resistance to feedbac...

Page 613: ...V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be configured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs Current 100 µs Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on the value of the analog signal Conversion cycle 1 ms for 4 inputs 2 outputs with RTDs Pt Ni 1 s Resolution R...

Page 614: ...t signal voltage 24 V DC Signal 0 30 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 13 V Signal 1 13 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 7 mA Input voltage 5 V Typ 1 4 mA Input voltage 15 V Typ 3 7 mA Input voltage 30 V 9 mA Input resistance ca 3 5 kW Technical data of the analog outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 2 Distribution of channels into groups 1 group for 2 channels Con...

Page 615: ...5 max 1 Relationship between input signal and hex code Ä Chapter 1 6 3 1 2 9 3 Output ranges voltage and current on page 608 Unused outputs Are configured as unused default value and can be left open circuited Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 250 800 R0001 DA502 digital analog input output module 16 DO 8 DC 4 AI 2 AO Active 1SAP 450 800 R0001 DA502 XC digital analog ...

Page 616: ...g Digital outputs are not under load Input output voltages above safety extra low voltage protective extra low voltages SELV PELV are switched off Modules are completely plugged on the terminal unit with both snap fit engaged before switching on loads or input output voltage Hot swap Further information about hot swap 1 7 1 Compatibility of communication modules and communication interface modules...

Page 617: ...ons CM579 ETHCAT master CI511 ETHCAT CI512 ETHCAT x x remote I O 1 7 2 CANopen 1 7 2 1 Comparison CI581 and CI582 Parameter Value Interface CAN Protocol CANopen Power supply From the process supply voltage UP Supply of the electronic circuitry of the I O modules attached Through the I O bus interface I O bus Rotary switches For setting the CANopen Node ID for configura tion purposes 00h to FFh LED...

Page 618: ...t from UP at power up On request Current consumption via UP normal operation 0 2 A Current consumption via UP3 0 06 A 0 5 A max per output Connections Terminals 2 8 and 3 8 for 24 V UP Terminal 4 8 for 24 V UP3 Terminals 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for 0 V ZP Max power dissipation within the module 6 W Reference potential for all digital inputs and outputs Negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Se...

Page 619: ...outputs configurable as 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Resolution of the analog channels 12 bits Fast counter Integrated configurable operating modes Parameter Value Inputs and outputs 8 digital inputs 24 V DC 8 digital transistor outputs 24 V DC 0 5 A max 8 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 V DC 0 5 A max 1 7 2 2 CI581 CN 4 analog inputs resolution 12 bits plus sign 2 analog outputs resolut...

Page 620: ...the signal states of the digital inputs DI0 DI7 5 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital outputs DO0 DO7 6 2 green LEDs to display the supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 System LEDs PWR RUN CN RUN CN ERR S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the CANopen Node ID 11 10 terminals to connect the CANopen bus signals 1...

Page 621: ...tion is sup ported Bus connection Depending on used terminal unit TU510 9 pin D sub connector TU518 10 pin terminal block Processor Hilscher NETX 100 Expandability CI58x can only be used on onboard CAN inter face and without any I O expansion module Ä Table 132 CANopen on page 617 State display Module state PWR RUN CN RUN CN ERR E ERR I O bus Adjusting elements 2 rotary switches for generation of ...

Page 622: ...nting position Horizontal Or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet Effect of incorrect input terminal connection Wrong or no signal detected no damage up to 35 V Required terminal unit TU509 TU510 TU517 or TU518 Ä Chapter 1 5 3 TU517 and TU518 for com mun...

Page 623: ...the module and press until it locks in place The connection of the I O channels is established using the 30 terminals of the I O terminal unit I O modules can be replaced without re wiring the terminal units The terminals 2 8 3 8 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the terminal unit and always have the same assignment irrespective of the inserted module Terminals 2 8 and 3 8 pro...

Page 624: ... D sub for the CANopen signals 1 5 6 9 1 Reserved 2 CAN Inverted signal of the CAN bus 3 CAN_GND Ground potential of the CAN bus 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 CAN Non inverted signal of the CAN bus 8 Reserved 9 Reserved Shield Cable shield Functional earth The ends of the data lines have to be terminated with a 120 W bus terminating resistor The bus terminating resistor is usually installed d...

Page 625: ...ting resistors connected to the line ends 6 DeviceNet power supply 7 COMBICON connection DeviceNet interface 8 Data lines twisted pair cables 9 red 10 black 11 white 12 blue 13 bare The grounding of the shield should take place at the switchgear Please refer to Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 Device specifications Communication interface modules S500 CANopen 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 e...

Page 626: ... connecting alterna tive for terminal 1 6 1 8 CAN GND Ground potential of the CAN bus 1 9 CAN GND Ground potential of the CAN bus At the line ends of a bus segment terminating resistors must be connected If TU517 or TU518 is used the bus terminating resistors can be enabled by connecting the terminals Term and Term to the data lines CAN and CAN no external terminating resistors are required see fi...

Page 627: ...erminals Terminal Signal Description 2 0 AI0 Positive pole of analog input signal 0 2 1 AI1 Positive pole of analog input signal 1 2 2 AI2 Positive pole of analog input signal 2 2 3 AI3 Positive pole of analog input signal 3 2 4 AI Negative pole of analog input signals 0 to 3 2 5 AO0 Positive pole of analog output signal 0 2 6 AO1 Positive pole of analog output signal 1 2 7 AI Negative pole of ana...

Page 628: ...g ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the...

Page 629: ...DO1 4 2 DO2 4 3 DO3 4 4 DO4 4 5 DO5 4 6 DO6 4 7 DO7 DI0 3 0 DI1 3 1 DI2 3 2 DI3 3 3 DI4 3 4 DI5 3 5 DI6 3 6 DI7 3 7 2 8 2 9 UP 24 V ZP 0 V 3 8 3 9 3 9 3 8 UP3 24 V ZP 0 V Fig 100 Connection of the communication interface module CI581 CN The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 8 Diagnosis on page 645 For the measuring ranges that can be configured please refer to the secti...

Page 630: ...tal inputs DI1 to DI7 in the same way 2 0 DI0 2 1 DI1 2 2 DI2 2 3 DI3 2 4 DI4 2 5 DI5 2 6 DI6 2 7 DI7 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC Fig 101 Connection of the digital inputs to the module CI581 CN Connection of the digital outputs The following figure shows the connection of the digital output DO0 Proceed with the digital outputs DO1 DO7 in the same way Device specifications Communication interface modules...

Page 631: ... For this the module CI581 CN provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 4 analog input channels The following figure shows the connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog input AI0 Proceed with the analog inputs AI1 to AI3 in the same way 2 0 AI0 2 1 AI1 2 2 AI2 2 3 AI3 2 4 AI 2 5 AO0 2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 3 9 ZP 24 V DC Pt100 Pt1000 Ni100...

Page 632: ...on to the analog inputs AI0 and AI1 Proceed with the analog inputs AI2 and AI3 in the same way 2 0 AI0 2 1 AI1 2 2 AI2 2 3 AI3 2 4 AI 2 5 AO0 2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Fig 104 Connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration to the analog inputs With 3 wire configuration 2 adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In this case bot...

Page 633: ...the same way 2 0 AI0 2 1 AI1 2 2 AI2 2 3 AI3 2 4 AI 2 5 AO0 2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC 10 10 V 0 10 V UIN Fig 105 Connection of active type analog sensors voltage with galvanically isolated power supply to the analog inputs Voltage 0 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used For the measuring ranges that can be configured please refer to the sections Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter...

Page 634: ...Measuring ranges on page 650 and Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 7 Parameterization on page 640 Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage with no galvanically isolated power supply to the analog inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage with no galvanically iso...

Page 635: ...0 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used For the measuring ranges that can be configured plese refer to the sections Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 10 Measuring ranges on page 650 and Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 7 Parameterization on page 640 To avoid error messages configure unused analog input channels as unused Connection of passive type analog sensors Current to the analo...

Page 636: ...ferential inputs are very useful if analog sensors which are remotely non isolated e g the negative terminal is remotely grounded are used Using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid ground loops With differential input configurations two adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In this case both channels are configured acco...

Page 637: ...differential inputs 2 chan nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used For the measuring ranges that can be configured please refer to the sections Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 10 Measuring ranges on page 650 and Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 7 Parameterization on page 640 To avoid error messages configure unused analog input channels as unused Use of analog in...

Page 638: ...es on page 650 and Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 7 Parameterization on page 640 Connection of analog output loads Voltage The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way 2 0 AI0 2 1 AI1 2 2 AI2 2 3 AI3 2 4 AI 2 5 AO0 2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC Fig 111 Connection of analog output loads voltage Devic...

Page 639: ... 2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC Fig 112 Connection of analog output loads current Current 0 20 mA Load 0 500 W 1 channel used Current 4 20 mA Load 0 500 W 1 channel used For the measuring ranges that can be configured please refer to the sections Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 10 Measuring ranges on page 650 and Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 7 Parameterization on page 640 Unused ana...

Page 640: ...ia rotary switches and the transmision rate automatic detection The digital I O channels and the fast counter are configured via software 1 7 2 2 7 Parameterization Parameters of the module Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Module ID 1 Internal 0x1C84 WORD 0x1C84 Parameter length Internal 54 BYTE 54 Error LED Fail safe function table error LED Failsafe function Ä Further infor ...

Page 641: ...tal outputs at communication error are only evaluated if the failsafe function is enabled Group parameters for the analog part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Analog data format Standard Reserved 0 255 BYTE 0 Behavior analog outputs at com munication error Off Last value Last value 5 s Last value 10 s Substitute value Substitute value 5 s Substitute value 10 s 0 1 6 11 2 7 12...

Page 642: ...00 50 70 C 15 3 wire Pt100 50 70 C 16 2 wire Pt1000 50 400 C 17 3 wire Pt1000 50 400 C 18 2 wire Ni1000 50 150 C 19 3 wire Ni1000 50 150 C In the operating modes with 3 wire configuration or with differential inputs two adjacent analog inputs belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In these cases both channels are configured in the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address...

Page 643: ...g modes of the analog outputs Internal value Operating Modes individually configu rable 0 default Not used 128 10 V 10 V 129 0 20 mA 130 4 20 mA Table 140 Channel monitoring Internal value Check channel 0 Plausib ility cut wire short circuit 3 None Table 141 Substitute value Intended Behavior of Output Channel when the Control System Stops Required Setting of the Module Parameter Behavior of Outpu...

Page 644: ... error 1 Off Last value Last value 5 sec Last value 10 sec Substitute value Substitute value 5 sec Substitute value 10 sec 0 1 6 11 2 7 12 BYTE Off 0x00 Substitute value at output 0 255 00h FFh BYTE 0 0x00 Detect voltage overflow at out puts 2 Off On 0 1 BYTE Off 0x00 1 The parameter Behavior digital outputs at communcation error is only analyzed if the failsafe mode is ON 2 The state externally v...

Page 645: ... bus specification Bit 7 1 coming error Bit 6 1 leaving error In cases of short circuit or overload the digital outputs are turned off The module performs reactivation automatically Thus an acknowledgement of the errors is not necessary The error message is stored via the LED E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identi fier 000 063 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 4 Bit 6 7 B...

Page 646: ... process supply voltage 3 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP gone Check process supply voltage 3 31 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O module Replace I O module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O module type on socket Replace I O module check configu ration 4 1 10 31 31 31 At least one module does not support failsafe function Check modules and parame terization 4 31 31 31 46 Voltage feedback on activated...

Page 647: ...gital 4 31 2 0 7 46 Voltage feedback on deactivated dig ital output 6 Check terminals 4 31 2 0 7 47 Short circuit at dig ital output 7 Check terminals Channel error analog 4 31 1 0 3 48 Analog value over flow or broken wire at an analog input Check value or check terminals 4 31 1 0 3 7 Analog value underflow at an analog input Check value 4 31 1 0 3 47 Short circuit at an analog input Check termin...

Page 648: ...sage appears if the output of a channel DO0 DO7 is to be switched on while an external voltage is connected In this case start up is disabled while the external voltage is connected Otherwise this could produce reverse voltage flowing from this output to other digital outputs This diagnosis message appears for each channel 7 Short circuit After a short circuit has been detected the output is deact...

Page 649: ...l error I O bus Green No decentralized I O modules con nected or com munication error Decentralized I O modules con nected and operational LED Color OFF ON Flashing AI0 to AI3 Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON brightness depends on the value of the analog signal AO0 to AO1 Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON brightness depends on the value of the analog signal DI0 to DI7 Yellow Input is OFF Input is O...

Page 650: ...649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range Normal range or measured value too low 10 0000 0 0004 10 0000 0 0004 20 0000 0 0007 20 0000 4 0006 On 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 0 0000 0 4 Off 0 0000 0 0004 1 7593 0 0004 10 0000 3 9994 0 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 11 7589 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 0 0000 11 7589 0 0000 0 0000 32768 8000 The represented resolution correspond...

Page 651: ... C 32768 8000 Output ranges voltage and current Range 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 0 V 0 mA 0 mA 32511 7EFF Measured value too high 11 7589 V 10 0004 V 23 5178 mA 20 0007 mA 22 8142 mA 20 0006 mA 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 10 0000 V 0 0004 V 20 0000 mA 0 0007 mA 20 0000 mA 4 0006 mA 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 V 0 0000 mA 4 0000 mA 0 0000 0 0004 V 10 0000 V 0 mA ...

Page 652: ...d individually by an internal smart high side switch Technical data of the digital inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DI0 to DI7 Terminals 3 0 to 3 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 2 9 4 9 negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yel...

Page 653: ... 24 V Max value all channels together 4 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Fuse for UP3 10 A fast Demagnetization with inductive DC load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ...

Page 654: ...rrent or Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Bipolar Voltage 10 10 V Galvanic isolation Against CANopen Bus Configurability 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 4 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be configured individu ally Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs Current 100 µs Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on the value of ...

Page 655: ...roups 1 group of 4 channels Connections of the channels AI0 to AI3 Terminals 2 0 to 2 3 Reference potential for the inputs Terminals 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 ZP Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel Input signal voltage 24 VDC Signal 0 30 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 15 V Signal 1 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 7 mA Input voltage 5 V Typ 1 4 mA Input voltage 15 V Typ 3...

Page 656: ... Output ranges voltage and current on page 651 Unused outputs Are configured as unused default value and can be left open circuited Technical data of the fast counter Parameter Value Used inputs Terminal 3 0 DI0 3 1 DI1 Used outputs Terminal 4 0 DO0 Counting frequency Depending on operation mode Mode 1 6 max 200 kHz Mode 7 max 50 kHz Mode 9 max 35 kHz Mode 10 max 20 kHz Detailed description Fast C...

Page 657: ...Term 1 4 Term 1 7Term 1 1 CAN CN RUN CN ERR S ERR I O Bus 2 0 DC0 2 2 DC2 2 9 ZP 2 3 DC3 2 1 DC1 2 5 DC5 2 6 DC6 2 8 UP 2 7 DC7 2 4 DC4 3 8 UP 3 9 ZP 3 0 DI8 3 2 DI10 3 3 DI11 3 5 DI13 3 6 DI14 3 4 DI12 3 7 DI15 3 1 DI9 4 0 DO8 4 2 DO10 4 4 DO12 4 6 DO14 4 9 ZP 4 1 DO9 4 3 DO11 4 5 DO13 4 7 DO15 4 8 UP3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 11 1 I O bus 2 Allocation between terminal number and signal name 3 ...

Page 658: ...nd humidity range a special XC version of the device is available 1 7 2 3 2 Functionality Parameter Value Interface CAN Protocol CANopen Power supply From the process supply voltage UP Supply of the electronic circuitry of the I O modules attached Through the I O bus interface I O bus Rotary switches For setting the CANopen Node ID for configura tion purposes 00h to FFh LED displays For system dis...

Page 659: ... 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for 0 V ZP Max power dissipation within the module 6 W Reference potential for all digital inputs and outputs Negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Setting of the CANopen Node ID identifier With 2 rotary switches at the front side of the module Mounting position Horizontal Or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convec...

Page 660: ...he same assignment irrespective of the inserted module Terminals 2 8 and 3 8 process supply voltage UP 24 V DC Terminal 4 8 process supply voltage UP3 24 V DC Terminals 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 process supply voltage ZP 0 V For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and connection of the module please refer to the System Assembly Construction and Connection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard ...

Page 661: ...2 Node N 5 5 Fig 114 CANopen interface bus terminating resistors connected to the line ends 1 CAN_GND 2 CAN_L 3 Shield 4 CAN_H 5 Data line shielded twisted pair 6 COMBICON connection CANopen interface 120 120 4 2 3 1 4 2 3 1 24 V 0 V 5 6 7 9 11 5 7 12 13 8 10 Fig 115 DeviceNet interface bus terminating resistors connected to the line ends Bus terminating resistors Device specifications Communicati...

Page 662: ...nnecting alterna tive for terminal 1 4 1 6 Term CAN bus termination for CAN for bus termination Term must be connected with CAN 1 7 Term CAN bus termination for CAN connecting alterna tive for terminal 1 6 1 8 CAN GND Ground potential of the CAN bus 1 9 CAN GND Ground potential of the CAN bus At the line ends of a bus segment terminating resistors must be connected If TU517 or TU518 is used the bu...

Page 663: ...dule CI581 CN Hence when removing the device from the TU the bus terminating resistors are no longer connected to the bus The bus itself will not be disconnected if a device is removed The grounding of the shield should take place at the switchgear cabinet Please refer to the AC500 System Data Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 Device specifications Communication interface modules S500 ...

Page 664: ...DI9 Signal of the digital input DI9 3 2 DI10 Signal of the digital input DI10 3 3 DI11 Signal of the digital input DI11 3 4 DI12 Signal of the digital input DI12 3 5 DI13 Signal of the digital input DI13 3 6 DI14 Signal of the digital input DI14 3 7 DI15 Signal of the digital input DI15 3 8 UP Process voltage UP 24 V DC 3 9 ZP Process voltage ZP 0 V DC 4 0 DO8 Signal of the digital output DO8 4 1 ...

Page 665: ...nterfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages Connection of CANopen communi...

Page 666: ... figure shows the connection of the digital input DI8 Proceed with the digital inputs DI9 to DI15 in the same way 3 0 DI8 3 1 DI9 3 2 DI10 3 3 DI11 3 4 DI12 3 5 DI13 3 6 DI14 3 7 DI15 3 8 UP 3 9 ZP 24 V DC Fig 117 Connection of the digital inputs to the module CI582 CN Connection of the digital outputs The following figure shows the connection of the digital output DO8 Proceed with the digital out...

Page 667: ...ion of the configurable digital input output DC0 and DC1 DC0 is connected as an input and DC1 is connected as an output Proceed with the configurable digital inputs outputs DC2 to DC7 in the same way 2 0 DC0 2 1 DC1 2 2 DC2 2 3 DC3 2 4 DC4 2 5 DC5 2 6 DC6 2 7 DC7 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC Fig 119 Connection of configurable digital inputs outputs to the module CI582 CN Device specifications Communicati...

Page 668: ... node address by subtracting the value 128 from the address switch s value 1 7 2 3 6 I O configuration The CI582 CN CANopen bus configuration is handled by CANopen master with the exception of the slave node ID via rotary switches and the transmision rate automatic detection The digital I O channels and the fast counter are configured via software 1 7 2 3 7 Parameterization Parameters of the modul...

Page 669: ...f On Failsafe Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of all error classes failsafe mode on Off by E4 Failsafe Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 failsafe mode on Off by E3 Failsafe Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 and E2 failsafe mode on The parameter Behavior DO at comm error is only analyzed if the failsafe mode is ON Group parameters for the di...

Page 670: ...ltage overflow at outputs appears if external voltage at digital outputs DC0 DC7 and DO0 DO7 has exceeded the process supply voltage UP3 see Connections Ä Chapter 1 7 2 3 3 Connec tions on page 660 The according diagnosis message Voltage over flow on outputs can be disabled by setting the parameters to OFF This parameter should only be disabled in exceptional cases as voltage overflow may produce ...

Page 671: ...4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identi fier 000 063 AC500 display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 4 Bit 6 7 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Bit 0 5 CANope n diag nosis block Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error identi fier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module errors 3 31 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 3 31 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module 3 31 31 31 40 D...

Page 672: ...module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O module type on socket Replace I O module check configu ration 4 1 10 31 31 31 At least one module does not support failsafe function Check modules and parame terization 4 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP3 too low Check process voltage 4 31 31 31 46 Voltage feedback on activated digital outputs 4 Check terminals 4 31 1 10 31 31 34 No response during initialization of ...

Page 673: ...s 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies Diagnosis via bus specific function blocks 0 4 or 10 position of the communication module 14 I O bus 31 module itself The identifier is not contained in the CI542 DP diagnosis block 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 expansion module 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Modul...

Page 674: ... CN RUN CN ERR S ERR and I O bus show the operation states of the module and display possible errors The 29 process LEDs UP UP3 inputs outputs CH ERR1 to CH ERR3 show the process supply voltage and the states of the inputs and outputs and display possible errors LED Color OFF ON Flashing PWR RUN Green Process supply voltage missing Internal supply voltage OK module ready for communication with I O...

Page 675: ... system data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 are applicable to the standard version The system data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System data AC500 XC on page 1023 are applicable to the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Multiple overloads No effects of multiple overloads on isolat...

Page 676: ...ule 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DO0 to DO7 Terminals 4 0 to 4 7 Reference potential for all outputs Terminals 2 9 4 9 negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Common power supply voltage For all outputs terminal 4 8 positive pole of the supply voltage signal name UP3 Output voltage for signal 1 UP3 0 8 V Output delay 0 1 or 1...

Page 677: ...on when inductive loads are turned off Technical data of the configurable digital inputs outputs Each of the configurable I O channels is defined as input or output by the user program This is done by interrogating or allocating the corresponding channel Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 inputs outputs with transistors Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group for 8 channels I...

Page 678: ...7 The following drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off 2 1 UPx 24 V ZPx 0 V Fig 121 Digital input output circuit diagram 1 Digital input output 2 For demagnetization when inductive loads are turned off Technical data of the fast counter Parameter Value Used inputs Terminal 3 0 DI8 3 1 DI9 Used outputs Term...

Page 679: ...mmissioning of new installations 1 7 3 EtherCAT 1 7 3 1 CI511 ETHCAT 4 analog inputs resolution 12 bits plus sign 2 analog outputs resolution 12 bits plus sign 8 digital inputs 24 V DC 8 digital outputs 24 V DC 0 5 A max Cam switch functionality see also Extended Cam Switch Library Extended Cam switch functionality see also Extended Cam Switch Library Module wise galvanically isolated Expandabilit...

Page 680: ...AO1 4 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital inputs DI0 DI7 5 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital outputs DO0 DO7 6 2 green LEDs to display the supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 system LEDs PWR RUN NET DC S ERR I O Bus 9 2 rotary switches reserved for future extensions 10 Label 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 E...

Page 681: ... Required terminal unit TU507 or TU508 Ä Chapter 1 5 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ethernet communication interface modules on page 122 1 7 3 1 3 Connections The Ethernet communication interface module CI511 ETHCAT is plugged on the I O terminal unit TU507 ETH or TU508 ETH Properly seat the module and press until it locks in place The terminal unit is mounted on a DIN rail or with 2 screws plus th...

Page 682: ...oltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable m...

Page 683: ... AO 3 0 DO0 3 1 DO1 3 2 DO2 3 3 DO3 3 4 DO4 3 5 DO5 3 6 DO6 3 7 DO7 DI0 2 0 DI1 2 1 DI2 2 2 DI3 2 3 DI4 2 4 DI5 2 5 DI6 2 6 DI7 2 7 1 8 1 9 UP 24 V ZP 0 V 2 8 2 9 3 9 3 8 UP3 24 V ZP 0 V 1 2 3 4 Fig 122 Connection of the communication interface module CI511 ETHCAT 1 4 analog inputs configurable for 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 4 20 mA Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 and digital signals 2 2 analog outputs configurable for...

Page 684: ...unction of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 8 Diag nosis on page 700 Connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module CI511 ETHCAT provides a constant current source which is mult...

Page 685: ...odule CI511 ETHCAT provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 4 analog input channels The following figure shows the connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration 1 0 1 1 1 8 1 9 AI0 AI1 UP ZP UP ZP PTC 1 5 AI 2 3 1 Fig 124 Connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration 1 Pt100 3 wire Pt1000 3 wire Ni1000 3 wire 1 analog sensor requires 2 ch...

Page 686: ...tion on page 694 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring ranges on page 703 The module CI511 ETHCAT performs a linearization of the resistance characteristic In order to avoid error messages from unused analog input channels it is useful to configure them as unused Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage with galvanically isolated power supply The following figure shows the connection of active ty...

Page 687: ...4 20 mA Fig 126 Connection of active type analog sensors current with galvanically isolated power supply 1 1 analog sensor requires 1 channel 2 Galvanically isolated power supply for the analog sensor Current 0 20 mA 1 channel used Current 4 20 mA 1 channel used The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 7 Parameterization on page 694 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 ...

Page 688: ...ithin the full signal range Make sure that the potential difference never exceeds 1 V Voltage 0 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used if the sensor can provide this signal range The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 7 Parameterization on page 694 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring ranges on page 703 In order to avoid error messages or long ...

Page 689: ...e of low resistance Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage to differential inputs Differential inputs are very useful if analog sensors are used which are remotely non isolated e g the minus terminal is remotely grounded The evaluation using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid ground loops With differential input configurations two adjac...

Page 690: ... sensor 4 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V connected to differential inputs Voltage 0 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 7 Parameterization on page 694 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring ranges on page 703 In order to avoid error messages or long processing t...

Page 691: ...ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 7 Parameterization on page 694 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring ranges on page 703 Connection of analog output loads Voltage current The following figure shows the connection of analog output loads voltage current Device specifications Communication interface modules S500 EtherCAT 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 691 ...

Page 692: ...e described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 7 Parameterization on page 694 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring ranges on page 703 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Assignment of the Ethernet ports The terminal unit for the communication interface module provides two Ethernet interfaces with the following pin assignment The pin assignment is used for the EtherCAT master ...

Page 693: ... output connectors OUT At the EtherCAT slaves communication interface modules the ETH1 con nector is IN and the ETH2 connector is OUT At the EtherCAT master communication module the ETHCAT1 connector has to be used The ETHCAT2 connector is reserved for future extensions 1 7 3 1 4 Internal data exchange Parameter Value Digital inputs bytes 1 Digital outputs bytes 1 Analog inputs words 4 Analog outp...

Page 694: ... by E4 Off by E3 On failsafe Off by E4 failsafe Off by E3 failsafe 0 1 3 16 17 19 BYTE 0 Check Supply Off On 0 1 BYTE 1 Table 145 Error LED Failsafe function 1 Setting Description On Error LED lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafemode off Off by E4 Error LED lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsa femode off Off by E3 Error LED lights up at errors of error classes E1 a...

Page 695: ...s in operational state the outputs are acti vated trough the user program 129 136 1 8 80 µs Module keeps in operational state the cam switch out puts are activated according to an inter polated timing infor mation 137 144 9 16 100 µs 145 170 17 32 200 µs 2 The parameter resolution defines the angle resolution of the track The value gives the number of increments related to 360 e g the value 36 000...

Page 696: ...on Pulsed Timed Comfort Cam shift Binary shift Multiturn cam Time timed Reference Multiturn timed MCX_CamSwitchSimple_c MCX_CamSwitchSimple_dc MCX_PulseSwitch_dc MCX_CamSwitchTimed_dc MCX_CamSwitchCom fort_dc MCX_CamShift_dc MCX_BinaryShift_dc MCX_CamSwitchMulti_dc MCX_SwitchTimeTimed_dc MCX_BinaryReference_dc MCX_CamSwitchMulti Timed_dc 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 BYTE 0 1 camType additionally to camToTr...

Page 697: ...nternal value type Default Input 0 channel configuration see 1 see 1 BYTE 0 Input 0 check channel see 2 see 2 BYTE 0 Input 3 channel configuration see 1 see 1 BYTE 0 Input 3 channel configuration see 2 see 2 BYTE 0 Internal value Operating modes of the analog inputs individually configurable 0 default Not used 1 0 10 V 2 Digital input 3 0 20 mA 4 4 20 mA 5 10 V 10 V 8 2 wire Pt100 50 400 C 9 3 wir...

Page 698: ...ss channel 1 Table 146 Channel monitoring 2 Internal Value Check channel 0 Plausib ility cut wire short circuit 3 not used Channel parameters for the analog outputs 2x Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Output 0 channel configu ration see 3 see 3 BYTE 0 Output 0 check channel see 4 see 4 BYTE 0 Output 0 substi tute value see 5 see 5 WORD 0 Output 1 channel configu ration see 3 s...

Page 699: ...ute value for 5 s Substitute value 5 s Depending on configura tion Substitute value for 10 s Substitute value 10 s Depending on configura tion Group parameters for the digital part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Input delay 0 01 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 BYTE 0 01 ms 0x00 Detect short circuits at outputs Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 Behaviour DO at comm error Off Last value Last...

Page 700: ... module Replace I O module 3 31 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module 3 31 31 31 40 Different hard firm ware versions in the module 3 31 31 31 43 Internal error in the module 3 31 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure 3 31 31 31 20 Slave to Slave mal function Check configu ration 3 31 31 31 41 Distributed Clock malfunction Check configu ration 3 31 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 3 31 31 3...

Page 701: ...at an analog input Check value or check terminals 4 31 1 0 3 7 Analog value underflow at an analog input Check value 4 31 1 0 3 47 Short circuit at an analog input Check terminals 4 31 3 0 1 48 Analog value over flow at an analog output Check output value 4 31 3 0 1 7 Analog value underflow at an analog output Check output value Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies Diagnos...

Page 702: ...process supply voltage and the states of the inputs and outputs and display possible errors Table 150 States of the 5 system LEDs LED Color Off On Flashing 1x Flash 2x Flash PWR RUN Green Error in the internal supply voltage or process voltage missing Internal supply voltage OK Module is not config ured Yellow NET Green Init Operational Pre opera tional Safe opera tional Red No error PDI Watchdog ...

Page 703: ...OFF Output is ON UP Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK and initialization fin ished UP3 Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK CH ERR1 to CH ERR3 Red No error or process supply voltage missing Internal error Error on one channel of the corresponding group 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring ranges Input ranges voltage current and digital input Range 0 10 V 10 1...

Page 704: ...ented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Input ranges resistance temperature detector Range Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 450 0 C 160 0 C 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 160 0 C 150 1 C 1600 1501 0640 05DD 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 400 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000...

Page 705: ...0 mA 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 V 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 0 V 0 mA 0 mA 32512 8100 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits 1 7 3 1 11 Technical data The system data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 are applicable to the standard version The system data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System d...

Page 706: ...age reverse polarity Galvanic isolation to network Technical data of the module Parameter Value Process supply voltage UP UP3 Rated value 24 V DC for inputs and outputs Max load for the terminals 10 A Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse on UP UP3 10 A fast Galvanic isolation Ethernet interface against the rest of the module Inrush current from UP at power up On request Cu...

Page 707: ...l modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an internal smart high side switch Technical data of the digital inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DI0 to DI7 Terminals 2 0 to 2 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 Negative pole of the supply voltage signal n...

Page 708: ...0 mA at UP3 24 V Max value all channels together 4 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Fuse for UP3 10 A fast Demagnetization with inductive DC load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes af...

Page 709: ...inst Ethernet network Configurability 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 4 mA 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be config ured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs Current 100 µs Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on the value of the analog signal Conversion cycle 1 ms for 4 inputs 2 outputs ...

Page 710: ...P Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel Input signal voltage 24 V DC Signal 0 30 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 13 V Signal 1 13 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 7 mA Input voltage 5 V Typ 1 4 mA Input voltage 15 V Typ 3 7 mA Input voltage 30 V 9 mA Input resistance Ca 3 5 kW Technical data of the analog outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 2 Distrib...

Page 711: ... configured as unused default value and can be left open circuited 1 7 3 1 12 Ordering data Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 220 900 R0001 CI511 ETHCAT EtherCAT communi cation interface module 8 DI 8 DO 4 AI and 2 AO Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 7 3 2 CI512 ETHCAT 8 digital in...

Page 712: ... signal states of the digital inputs DI0 DI7 5 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital outputs DO0 DO7 6 2 green LEDs to display the supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 System LEDs PWR RUN NET DC S ERR I O Bus 9 2 rotary switches reserved for future extensions 10 Label 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 ETH2 on the terminal unit 12 Termin...

Page 713: ... 5 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ethernet communication interface modules on page 122 1 7 3 2 3 Connections The Ethernet communication interface module CI512 ETHCAT is plugged on the I O terminal unit TU507 ETH or TU508 ETH Properly seat the module and press until it locks in place The terminal unit is mounted on a DIN rail or with 2 screws plus the additional accessory for wall mounting TA526 The...

Page 714: ...Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the n...

Page 715: ...iagnosis message will appear After 5 seconds the module tries automatic reactivation 2 The outputs are not active Only the output with voltage feedback will not be set to active A diagnosis message will appear CAUTION The process supply voltage must be included within the grounding concept of the plant e g grounding of the negative pole The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 7...

Page 716: ...nnectors OUT At the EtherCAT slaves communication interface modules the ETH1 con nector is IN and the ETH2 connector is OUT At the EtherCAT master communication module the ETHCAT1 connector has to be used The ETHCAT2 connector is reserved for future extensions 1 7 3 2 5 Internal data exchange Parameter Value Digital inputs bytes 1 Digital outputs bytes 1 Configurable digital inputs outputs bytes 1...

Page 717: ... function 1 On Off by E4 Off by E3 On failsafe Off by E4 failsafe Off by E3 failsafe 0 1 3 16 17 19 BYTE 0 Check Supply Off On 0 1 BYTE 1 Table 152 Error LED Failsafe function 1 Setting Description On Error LED lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode off Off by E4 Error LED lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsafe mode off Off by E3 Error LED lights up at errors of...

Page 718: ...keeps in operational state the outputs are acti vated trough the user program 129 136 1 8 80 µs Module keeps in operational state the cam switch out puts are activated according to an inter polated timing infor mation 137 144 9 16 100 µs 145 170 17 32 200 µs 2 The parameter resolution defines the angle resolution of the track The value gives the number of increments related to 360 e g the value 36...

Page 719: ..._CamSwitchSimple_c MCX_CamSwitchSimple_dc MCX_PulseSwitch_dc MCX_CamSwitchTimed_dc MCX_CamSwitchComfort_dc MCX_CamShift_dc MCX_BinaryShift_dc MCX_CamSwitchMulti_dc MCX_SwitchTimeTimed_dc MCX_BinaryReference_dc MCX_CamSwitchMulti Timed_dc 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 BYTE 0 1 camType additionally to camToTrack identifies the type of each cam switch and enables the use of a specific function block from the E...

Page 720: ...errors is not necessary The error message is stored via the LED E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identifier 000 063 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 ETHCAT Diagnosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 Module error 3 31 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module...

Page 721: ...Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies Diagnosis via bus specific function blocks 0 4 or 10 Position of the Communication Module 14 I O bus 31 Module itself The identifier is not contained in the CI512 ETHCAT diagnosis block 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 Module itself or ADR Hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies ...

Page 722: ... Init Operational Pre opera tional Safe opera tional Red No error PDI Watchdog Timeout Invalid Con figuration Unsolicited State Change Application time out DC Green Distributed Clock not active Distributed Clock active Red S ERR Red No error Internal error I O Bus Green No commu nication interface modules connected or commu nication error ETH1 Green No EtherCAT connection Link OK No data transfer ...

Page 723: ...system data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System data AC500 XC on page 1023 are applicable to the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Parameter Value Bus connection 2 x RJ45 Technology Hilscher NETX 100 Transfer rate 10 100 Mbit s full duplex Transfer method According to Ethernet II IEEE 802 3 Ethernet 100 base TX...

Page 724: ... 5 A max per output Connections Terminals 1 8 and 2 8 for 24 V UP Terminal 3 8 for 24 V UP3 Terminals 1 9 2 9 and 3 9 for 0 V ZP Max power dissipation within the module 6 W Number of digital inputs 8 Number of digital outputs 8 Number of configurable digital inputs outputs 8 Reference potential for all digital inputs and outputs Negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Diagnosis See Diag...

Page 725: ...ce potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input type according EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 0 1 ms configurable from 0 1 32 ms Input signal voltage 24 V DC 0 Signal 3 V 5 V undefined Signal 5 V 15 V 1 Signal 15 V 30 V R...

Page 726: ...load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short cir cuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24V signals Yes sof...

Page 727: ...nputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DC0 to DC7 Terminals 1 0 to 1 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input type ...

Page 728: ...voltage signal name UP3 Output voltage for signal 1 UP3 0 8 V Output delay 0 1 or 1 0 On request Output current Rated value per channel 500 mA at UP3 24 V Max value all channels together 4 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Fuse for UP3 10 A fast Demagnetization with inductive DC load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request W...

Page 729: ...odules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 7 4 Modbus 1 7 4 1 CI521 MODTCP 4 analog inputs resolution 12 bits plus sign 2 analog outputs resolution 12 bits plus sign 8 digital inputs 24 V DC 8 digital outputs 24 V DC 0 5 A max Module wise galvanically isolated Fast counter XC version for usage in extreme ambient co...

Page 730: ...ates of the digital outputs DO0 DO7 6 2 green LEDs to display the process supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 system LEDs PWR RUN STA1 ETH STA2 ETH S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the IP address 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 ETH2 on the terminal unit 12 Terminal unit 13 DIN rail Sign for XC version Device specifications Communic...

Page 731: ...es for setting the last BYTE of the IP 00h to FFh Analog inputs 4 configurable via software Analog outputs 2 configurable via software Digital inputs 8 24 V DC delay time configurable via soft ware Digital outputs 8 24 V DC 0 5 A max LED displays For system displays signal states errors and power supply External supply voltage Via terminals ZP UP and UP3 process supply voltage 24 V DC Required ter...

Page 732: ... off functionality can be realized Conditions for undisturbed operating with older I O expansion modules All I O expansion modules that are attached to the CI52x MODTCP must be powered up together with the CI52x MODTCP if the firmware version of these I O expansion modules is V1 9 or lower The firmware version is related to the index The index is printed on the module type label on the right side ...

Page 733: ... outputs DO0 DO7 The assignment of the other terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 0 AI0 Positive pole of analog input signal 0 1 1 AI1 Positive pole of analog input signal 1 1 2 AI2 Positive pole of analog input signal 2 1 3 AI3 Positive pole of analog input signal 3 1 4 AI Negative pole of analog input signals 0 to 3 1 5 AO0 Positive pole of analog output signal 0 1 6 AO1 Positive pole of anal...

Page 734: ...onnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The d...

Page 735: ...uire ment on precision the shielding can also be omitted The following figures show the connection of the Ethernet communication interface module CI521 MODTCP Fig 136 Connection of the communication interface module CI521 MODTCP Further information is provided in the System Technology chapter Connection of the digital inputs The following figure shows the connection of the digital input DI0 Procee...

Page 736: ...isplays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 2 State LEDs on page 760 Connection of the digital outputs The following figure shows the connection of the digital output DO0 Proceed with the digital outputs DO1 DO7 in the same way Device specifications Communication interface modules S500 Modbus 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 736 ...

Page 737: ...00 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module CI521 MODTCP provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 4 analog input channels The following figure shows the connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog input AI0 Proceed with the analog inputs AI1 to AI3 in the...

Page 738: ...I521 MODTCP performs a linearization of the resistance characteristic To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration to the analog inputs When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this ...

Page 739: ...ll as possible it is necessary to have all the involved conductors in the same cable All the conductors must have the same cross section The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 7 Parameterization on page 749 and Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 9 Measuring ranges on page 761 Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt100 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt1...

Page 740: ...pter 1 7 4 1 9 Measuring ranges on page 761 Voltage 0 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs on page 755 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of active type analog sensors Current with galvanically isolated p...

Page 741: ...on page 755 Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance To avoid error messages through unused analog input channels in measuring range 4 20 mA these channels should be configured as Not used Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage with no galvanically isolated power supply to the analog inputs The following figure shows the connection of active typ...

Page 742: ...ter 1 7 4 1 9 Measuring ranges on page 761 Voltage 0 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs on page 755 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of passive type analog sensors Current to the analog inputs The fol...

Page 743: ...sensors with fast initialization or without current peaks higher than 25 mA If not possible connect a 10 volt zener diode in parallel to AIx and ZP Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance To avoid error messages through unused analog input channels in measuring range 4 20 mA these channels should be configured as Not used Connection of active type analog...

Page 744: ...too big a potential difference with respect to ZP max 1 V Make sure that the potential difference never exceeds 1 V The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage to differential analog inputs AI0 and AI1 Proceed with AI2 and AI3 in the same way Fig 145 Connection of active type analog sensors voltage to differential analog inputs The following measuring ranges can...

Page 745: ...puts AI1 to AI3 in the same way Fig 146 Use of analog inputs as digital inputs The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 7 Parameterization on page 749 and Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 9 Measuring ranges on page 761 Digital input 24 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs on page 755 Con...

Page 746: ... function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs on page 755 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Connection of analog output loads Current The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device specifications Communication interface...

Page 747: ...s Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs on page 755 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Assignment of the Ethernet ports The terminal unit for the communication interface module provides two Ethernet interfaces with the following pin assignment Interface PIN Signal Description 1 TxD Transmit data 2 TxD Transmit data 3 RxD Receive data 4 NC Not connected 5 NC Not connec...

Page 748: ...tion will have no effect until the next module initialization The IP address of the CI521 MODTCP Module can be set with the ABB IP Configuration Tool If the last byte of the IP is set to 0 the address switch will be used instead Address switch position 255 is mapped to fixed IP 192 168 0 254 independent of other stored settings This is a backup so the module can always get a valid IP address and c...

Page 749: ...0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 ...

Page 750: ...at least one parameter is set only the configured masters clients have write rights on the CI52x MODTCP device all other masters clients still have read access to the CI52x MODTCP device Table 155 Error LED Failsafe function Setting Description On Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode off Off by E4 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 F...

Page 751: ... configura tion on page 752 Table Operating modes of the analog inputs Ä Table 156 Ch annel configura tion on page 752 BYTE 0 Input 0 Check channel Table Channel montoring Ä Table 157 Ch annel monitoring on page 752 Table Channel montoring Ä Table 157 Ch annel monitoring on page 752 BYTE 0 Input 3 Channel configuration Table Operating modes of the analog inputs Ä Table 156 Ch annel configura tion ...

Page 752: ...s must be the even address channel 0 The next higher address must be the odd address channel 1 The converted analog value is available at the higher address channel 1 Table 157 Channel monitoring Internal Value Check Channel 0 default Plausib ility cut wire short circuit 3 Not used Channel parameters for the analog outputs 2x Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Output 0 Channel c...

Page 753: ...tute value Ä Table 160 Su bstitute value on page 753 WORD 0 Table 158 Channel configuration Internal value Operating modes of the analog outputs individually configu rable 0 default Not used 128 10 V 10 V 129 0 20 mA 130 4 20 mA Table 159 Channel monitoring Internal value Check channel 0 Plausib ility cut wire short circuit 3 None Table 160 Substitute value Intended behavior of output channel when...

Page 754: ...ror 1 Off Last value Last value 5 sec Last value 10 sec Substitute value Substitute value 5 sec Substitute value 10 sec 0 1 6 11 2 7 12 BYTE Off 0x00 Substitute value at output 0 255 00h FFh BYTE 0 0x0000 Detect voltage overflow at out puts 2 Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 1 The parameters Behaviour DO at comm error is only analyzed if the Failsafe mode is ON 2 The state externally voltage detected appea...

Page 755: ... to the fieldbus master 4 Diagnosis Byte error code According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 and bit 6 coded error class 0 E1 1 E2 2 E3 3 E4 Bit 0 to bit 5 coded error description 5 Diagnosis Byte flags According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 1 coming error Bit 6 1 leaving error In cases of short circuit or overload the digital outputs are turned off The modules performs reactivation auto...

Page 756: ...ternal error in the module 3 31 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure 3 31 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 3 31 31 31 26 Parameter error Check Master 3 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP too low Check process supply voltage 3 31 31 31 45 No process voltage UP Check process supply voltage 3 31 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O module Replace I O module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O module...

Page 757: ...al unit 9 Remove wrong I O module and plug pro jected I O module 4 1 10 31 5 42 No communication with I O module on hot swap terminal unit 9 Replace I O module 4 1 10 31 5 54 I O module does not support hot swap 8 9 Power off system and replace I O module 4 1 10 31 6 8 Hot swap terminal unit configured but not found Replace terminal unit by hot swap terminal unit 4 1 10 31 6 42 No communication wi...

Page 758: ...3 Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 10 Voltage overflow on outputs above UP3 level 5 Check termi nals check process supply voltage Channel error digital 4 31 2 0 7 46 Externally voltage detected at digital output DO0 DO7 6 Check terminals 4 31 2 0 7 47 Short circuit at dig ital output 7 Check terminals Channel error analog 4 31 1 0 3 48 Analog value over flow or broken wire at an analog inpu...

Page 759: ...rnally voltages at one or more terminals DO0 DO7 cause that other digital outputs are supplied through that voltage Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 3 Connections on page 731 All outputs of the apply digital output groups will be turned off for 5 seconds The diagnosis message appears for the whole output group 5 The voltage on digital outputs DO0 DO7 has overrun the process supply voltage UP3 Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 3...

Page 760: ...for communication with IO Controller Start up pre paring communi cation Yellow STA1 ETH System LED BF Green Device config ured cyclic data exchange run ning Device config ured acyclic data exchange run ning Red Communication error timeout appeared IP address error STA2 ETH System LED SF Green Device has valid parameters Device is running parameterization sequenze Device has no parameters Red Devic...

Page 761: ... ERR1 to CH ERR3 Red No error or process supply voltage missing Internal error Error on one channel of the corresponding group 1 7 4 1 9 Measuring ranges Input ranges voltage current and digital input Range 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital input Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 11 7589 11 7589 23 5178 22 8142 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 11 7589 10 0004 11 7589 10 0004 23 5178 20 000...

Page 762: ...verflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 160 0 C 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 160 0 C 150 1 C 1600 1501 0640 05DD 80 0 C 70 1 C 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 70 0 C 0 1 C 400 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 Normal range 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C 1 500 FFFF FE0C Measured value too low 50 1 C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 ...

Page 763: ...S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System data AC500 on page 971 are applicable to the standard version The system data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System data AC500 XC on page 1023 are applicable to the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below The technical data are also applicable to the XC version Technical data of the module Parameter Value Process supply voltages UP UP3 Rated value...

Page 764: ...at 40 C per group Extended ambient temperature XC version 60 C on request Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switchgear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 V DC Technical data of the digital inputs Parameter V...

Page 765: ...al name ZP Common power supply voltage For all outputs terminal 3 8 positive pole of the supply voltage signal name UP3 Output voltage for signal 1 UP3 0 8 V Output delay 0 1 or 1 0 On request Output current Rated value per channel 500 mA at UP3 24 V Max value all channels together 4 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Fuse for UP3 10 A fast Demagnetization with inductive DC load Via internal v...

Page 766: ...if channels AI0 to AI3 Terminals 1 0 to1 3 Reference potential for AI0 to AI3 Terminal 1 4 AI for voltage and RTD meas urement Terminal 1 9 2 9 and 3 9 for current measure ment Input type Unipolar Voltage 0 10 V current or Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Bipolar Voltage 10 10 V Galvanic isolation Against Ethernet network Configurability 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 4 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be configured i...

Page 767: ...al data of the analog inputs if used as digital inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module Max 4 Distribution of channels into groups 1 group of 4 channels Connections of the channels AI0 to AI3 Terminals 1 0 to 1 3 Reference potential for the inputs Terminals 1 9 2 9 and 3 9 ZP Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel Input signal voltage 24 V DC Signal 0 30 V 5 V Undefined sig...

Page 768: ...tput signal within specified tolerance Typ 5 ms Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resolution within the normal range Typ 0 5 max 1 Relationship between input signal and hex code Table Output ranges voltage and current Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 9 3 Output ranges voltage and current on page 763 Unused outputs Are configured as unused default value ...

Page 769: ...rsion Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 7 4 2 CI522 MODTCP 8 digital inputs 24 V DC 8 digital outputs 24 V DC 0 5 A max 8 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 V DC 0 5 A max Module wise galvanically isolated Fast counter XC version for usage in extreme ambient conditions available Device specific...

Page 770: ... states of the digital outputs DO8 DO15 6 2 green LEDs to display the process supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 system LEDs PWR RUN STA1 ETH STA2 ETH S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the IP address 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 ETH2 on the terminal unit 12 Terminal unit 13 DIN rail Sign for XC version Device specifications Comm...

Page 771: ...nputs 8 24 V DC delay time configurable via soft ware Digital outputs 8 24 V DC 0 5 A max LED displays For system displays signal states errors and power supply External supply voltage Via terminals ZP UP and UP3 process supply voltage 24 V DC Required terminal unit TU507 or TU508 Ä Chapter 1 5 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ethernet communi cation interface modules on page 122 1 7 4 2 3 Connection...

Page 772: ...ion modules that are attached to the CI52x MODTCP must be powered up together with the CI52x MODTCP if the firmware version of these I O expansion modules is V1 9 or lower The firmware version is related to the index The index is printed on the module type label on the right side Modules as of index listed in the following table can be powered up independently S500 I O module type First index with...

Page 773: ... cut off of the digital outputs is to be used by deactivation of the supply voltage UP3 be sure that no external voltage is conncted at the outputs DO8 DO15 and DC0 DC7 The assignment of the other terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 0 DC0 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC0 1 1 DC1 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC1 1 2 DC2 Signal of the configurable digital in...

Page 774: ... 8 UP3 Process voltage UP3 24 V DC 3 9 ZP Process voltage ZP 0 V DC WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal...

Page 775: ...rved terminals may carry internal voltages The following figure shows the connection of the Ethernet bus module CI522 MODTCP Fig 150 Connection of the communication interface module CI522 MODTCP Further information is provided in the System Technology chapter Connection of the digital inputs The following figure shows the connection of the digital input DI8 Proceed with the digital inputs DI9 to D...

Page 776: ...splays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 2 8 1 State LEDs on page 787 Connection of the digital outputs The following figure shows the connection of the digital output DO8 Proceed with the digital outputs DO9 DO15 in the same way Device specifications Communication interface modules S500 Modbus 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 776 ...

Page 777: ...t output DC0 and DC1 DC0 is connected as an input and DC1 is connected as an output Proceed with the configurable digital inputs outputs DC2 to DC7 in the same way CAUTION If a DC channel is used as input the source for the input signals should be the impressed UP3 of the device Ä Chapter 1 7 4 2 3 Connections on page 771 Device specifications Communication interface modules S500 Modbus 2022 01 31...

Page 778: ...s two Ethernet interfaces with the following pin assignment Interface PIN Signal Description 1 TxD Transmit data 2 TxD Transmit data 3 RxD Receive data 4 NC Not connected 5 NC Not connected 6 RxD Receive data 7 NC Not connected 8 NC Not connected Shield Cable shield Functional earth In corrosive environment please protect unused connectors using the TA535 accessory Not supplied with this device Fo...

Page 779: ...s only during power up i e changes of the switch position during operation will have no effect until the next module initialization 1 7 4 2 6 I O configuration The CI522 MODTCP stores configuration parameters IP address configuration module param eters The digital I O channels are configured via software Details about configuration are described in Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 4 2 7 Parameteri z...

Page 780: ...r IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Timeout for Bus supervision No supervision 10 ms timeout 20 ms timeout 0 1 2 BYTE No supervision IO Mapping Structure 3 Fixed Mapping Dynamic Map ping 0 1 ...

Page 781: ...tion On Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode off Off by E4 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsafe mode off Off by E3 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 and E2 Failsafe mode off On Failsafe Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode on Off by E4 Failsafe Error LED S ERR lights up a...

Page 782: ...on while an externally voltage is connected In this case the start up is disabled as long as the exter nally voltage is connected The monitoring of this state and the resulting diagnosis message can be disabled by setting the parameters to OFF 3 The error state voltage overflow at outputs appears if externally voltage at digital outputs DC0 DC7 and accordingly DO8 DO15 has exceeded the process sup...

Page 783: ...rror code According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 and bit 6 coded error class 0 E1 1 E2 2 E3 3 E4 Bit 0 to bit 5 coded error description 5 Diagnosis Byte flags According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 1 coming error Bit 6 1 leaving error 6 Reserved 0 In cases of short circuit or overload the digital outputs are turned off The modules performs reactivation automatically Thus an acknowledge...

Page 784: ...ernal error in the module 3 31 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure 3 31 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 3 31 31 31 26 Parameter error Check Master 3 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP too low Check process supply voltage 3 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP gone Check process supply voltage 3 31 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O module Replace I O module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O modul...

Page 785: ...it 9 Remove wrong I O module and plug pro jected I O module 4 1 10 31 5 42 No communication with I O module on hot swap terminal unit 9 Replace I O module 4 1 10 31 5 54 I O module does not support hot swap 8 9 Power off system and replace I O module 4 1 10 31 6 8 Hot swap terminal unit configured but not found Replace terminal unit by hot swap terminal unit 4 1 10 31 6 42 No communication with ho...

Page 786: ...I O module 4 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP3 too low Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP3 gone Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 10 Voltage overflow at outputs above UP3 level 5 Check termi nals check process supply voltage Channel error digital 4 31 2 8 15 46 Externally voltage detected at digital output DO8 DO15 6 Check terminals 4 31 4 0 7 46 Externally voltage d...

Page 787: ...rnally voltage is connected In this case the start up is disabled as long as the externally voltage is connected Otherwise this could produce reverse voltage from this output to other digital outputs This diagnosis message appears per channel 7 Short circuit After a detected short circuit the output is deactivated for 2000ms Then a new start up will be executed This diagnosis message appears per c...

Page 788: ... is trans mitting telegrams ETH2 Green No connection at Ethernet inter face Connected to Ethernet inter face Yellow Device is trans mitting telegrams Device is trans mitting telegrams Table 165 States of the 29 process LEDs LED Color OFF ON Flashing DC0 to DC7 Yellow Input Output is OFF Input Output is ON DI8 to DI15 Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON the input voltage is even displayed if the supply...

Page 789: ...ns Terminals 1 8 and 2 8 for 24 V UP Terminal 3 8 for 24 V UP3 Terminals 1 9 2 9 and 3 9 for 0 V ZP Max power dissipation within the module 6 W Number of digital inputs 8 Number of digital outputs 8 Number of configurable digital inputs outputs 8 Reference potential for all digital inputs and outputs Negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Ethernet 10 100 base TX internal switch 2 x RJ4...

Page 790: ...ence potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input type according EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 0 1 ms configurable from 0 1 32 ms Input signal voltage 24 V DC Signal 0 3 V 5 V Undefined Signal 5 V 15 V Signal 1 15 V 30 V...

Page 791: ...e DC load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short cir cuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24V signals Ye...

Page 792: ...nputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DC0 to DC7 Terminals 1 0 to 1 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input type ...

Page 793: ... voltage signal name UP3 Output voltage for signal 1 UP3 0 8 V Output delay 0 1 or 1 0 On request Output current Rated value per channel 500 mA at UP3 24 V Max value all channels together 4 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Fuse for UP3 10 A fast Demagnetization with inductive DC load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request ...

Page 794: ...P 222 200 R0001 CI522 MODTCP Modbus TCP com munication interface module 8 DC 8 DI and 8 DO Active 1SAP 422 200 R0001 CI522 MODTCP XC Modbus TCP communication interface module 8 DC 8 DI and 8 DO XC version Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 7 5 PROFINET 1 7 5 1 Comparison of the CI5xx PNIO modules Th...

Page 795: ...s full duplex Transfer method According to Ethernet II IEEE 802 3 Ethernet 100 base TX internal switch 2x RJ45 socket Expandability Max 10 S500 I O modules Adjusting elements 2 rotary switches for generation of an explicit name Supported protocols RTC real time cyclic protocol class 1 RTA real time acyclic protocol DCP discovery and configuration protocol CL RPC connectionless remote procedure Cal...

Page 796: ...lly isolated from the Ethernet network There is no potential separation between the channels The configuration of the analog inputs outputs is performed by software For usage in enhanced ambient conditions e g wider temperature and humidity range a special XC version of the device is available Input Output characteristics of CI502 PNIO 8 digital inputs 24 V DC 8 digital transistor outputs 24 V DC ...

Page 797: ...I0 AI3 AO0 AO1 4 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital inputs DI0 DI7 5 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital outputs DO0 DO7 6 2 green LEDs to display the process supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 system LEDs PWR RUN STA1 ETH STA2 ETH S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the I O device ide...

Page 798: ...formed by software Parameter Value Interface Ethernet Protocol PROFINET IO RT Power supply From the process supply voltage UP Supply of the electronic circuitry of the I O expansion modules attached Through the I O bus interface I O bus Rotary switches For setting the I O device identifier for configu ration purposes 00h to FFh LED displays For system displays signal states errors and power supply...

Page 799: ...eral outputs may cause that other outputs are supplied through that voltage instead of voltage UP3 reverse voltage This is unintended usage CAUTION Risk of malfunction by unintended usage If the function cut off of the digital outputs is to be used by deactivation of the supply voltage UP3 be sure that no external voltage is connected at the outputs DO0 DO7 The assignment of the other terminals Te...

Page 800: ...g ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the...

Page 801: ...n low resistance equipotential bonding conductors must be laid Only for simple applications low electromagnetic disturbances no high require ment on precision the shielding can also be omitted The following figures show the connection of the Ethernet bus module CI501 PNIO Further information is provided in the System Technology chapter Connection of the digital inputs The following figure shows th...

Page 802: ... LEDs on page 826 Connection of the digital outputs The following figure shows the connection of the digital output DO0 Proceed with the digital outputs DO1 DO7 in the same way Device specifications Communication interface modules S500 PROFINET 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 802 ...

Page 803: ...hrough them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module CI501 PNIO provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 4 analog input channels The following figure shows the connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog input AI0 Proceed with the analog inputs AI1 to AI3 in the same way Device specifications Communicatio...

Page 804: ...racteristic To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration to the analog inputs When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module CI501 PNIO provides a constant current source w...

Page 805: ...ductors in the same cable All the conductors must have the same cross section The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 5 2 7 Parameterization on page 815 Ä Chapter 1 7 5 2 9 1 Input ranges voltage current and digital input on page 828 Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt100 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire configura...

Page 806: ...oltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 2 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs on page 821 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of active type analog sensors Current with galvanically isolated power supply to the analog inputs The follow...

Page 807: ...eft open circuited because they are of low resistance To avoid error messages through unused analog input channels in measuring range 4 mA 20 mA these channels should be configured as Not used Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage with no galvanically isolated power supply to the analog inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage with no galvan...

Page 808: ... channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 2 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs on page 821 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of passive type analog sensors Current to the analog inputs The following figure shows the connection of passive type analog s...

Page 809: ...ation or without current peaks higher than 25 mA If not possible connect a 10 volt zener diode in parallel to AIx and ZP Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance To avoid error messages through unused analog input channels in measuring range 4 mA 20 mA these channels should be configured as Not used Connection of active type analog sensors Voltage to diff...

Page 810: ... the sensors must not have too big a potential difference with respect to ZP max 1 V Make sure that the potential difference never exceeds 1 V The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage to differential analog inputs AI0 and AI1 Proceed with AI2 and AI3 in the same way The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 5 2 7 Parameterization on page ...

Page 811: ...n be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 5 2 7 Parameterization on page 815 Ä Chapter 1 7 5 2 9 1 Input ranges voltage current and digital input on page 828 Digital input 24 V 1 channel used Effect of incorrect input ter minal connection Wrong or no signal detected no damage up to 35 V The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 2 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs on ...

Page 812: ...nnel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 2 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs on page 821 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Connection of analog output loads Current The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device specifications Communicat...

Page 813: ...gnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 2 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs on page 821 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Assignment of the Ethernet ports The terminal unit for the communication interface module provides two Ethernet interfaces with the following pin assignment Interface PIN Signal Description 1 TxD Transmit data 2 TxD Transmit data 3 RxD Receive data 4 NC Not connect...

Page 814: ...ds 4 Counter output data words 8 1 7 5 2 5 Addressing The module reads the position of the rotary switches only during power up i e changes of the switch position during operation will have no effect until the next module initialization 1 7 5 2 6 I O configuration The CI501 PNIO stores some PROFINET configuration parameters I O device identifier I O device type and IP address configuration No more...

Page 815: ...9 Process cycle time 2 1 ms process cycle time 1 BYTE 1 ms 2 ms process cycle time 2 3 ms process cycle time 3 4 ms process cycle time 4 5 ms process cycle time 5 6 ms process cycle time 6 7 ms process cycle time 7 8 ms process cycle time 8 9 ms process cycle time 9 10 ms process cycle time 10 11 ms process cycle time 11 12 ms process cycle time 12 13 ms process cycle time 13 14 ms process cycle t...

Page 816: ...1 6 1 2 9 Fast counter on page 349 Table 166 Error LED Failsafe function Setting Description On Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode off Off by E4 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsafe mode off Off by E3 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 and E2 Failsafe mode off On Failsafe Error LED S ERR lights up at err...

Page 817: ...ote that if the parameter is set to Off then The bumpless re start of non safety I O modules is supported if no parameters are changed It means for example that non safety output channels will not go from fail safe values to 0 values during the re connection and re parameterization time but directly from fail safe values to new output values Safety I O modules will not be re parameterized if no pa...

Page 818: ...818 Table Operating modes of the analog inputs Ä Table 167 Ch annel configura tion on page 818 BYTE 0 Input 3 Check channel Table Channel montoring Ä Table 168 Ch annel monitoring on page 819 Table Channel montoring Ä Table 168 Ch annel monitoring on page 819 BYTE 0 Table 167 Channel configuration Internal value Operating modes of the analog inputs individually configurable 0 default Not used 1 0 ...

Page 819: ...Operating modes of the analog outputs Ä Further infor mation on page 820 BYTE 0 Output 0 Check channel Table Channel monitoring Ä Table 170 Ch annel monitoring on page 820 Table Channel monitoring Ä Table 170 Ch annel monitoring on page 820 BYTE 0 Output 0 Substi tute value Table Substitute value Ä Table 171 Su bstitute value on page 820 Table Substitute value Ä Table 171 Su bstitute value on page...

Page 820: ...utput OFF Off 0 Last value infinite Last value 0 Last value for 5 s and then turn off Last value 5 sec 0 Last value for 10 s and then turn off Last value 10 sec 0 Substitute value infinite Substitute value Depending on configuration Substitute value for 5 s and then turn off Substitute value 5 sec Depending on configuration Substitute value for 10 s and then turn off Substitute value 10 sec Depend...

Page 821: ...ge 798 In this case the start up is disabled as long as the externally voltage is con nected The monitoring of this state and the resulting diagnosis message can be disabled by setting the parameters to OFF 1 7 5 2 8 Diagnosis and state LEDs Structure of the diagnosis block via PNIO_DEV_ALARM function block Byte Number Description Possible Values 1 Diagnosis Byte slot number 31 CI501 PNIO e g erro...

Page 822: ...1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identi fier 000 06 3 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 4 Bit 6 7 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Bit 0 5 PNIO diag nosis block Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error Identi fier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 Module errors 3 31 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 3 31 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module 3 31 31 31 40 Dif...

Page 823: ...module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O module type on socket Replace I O module Check configu ration 4 1 10 31 31 31 At least one module does not support failsafe function Check modules and parame terization 4 1 10 31 5 8 I O module removed from hot swap terminal unit or defective module on hot swap ter minal unit 9 Plug I O module replace I O module 4 1 10 31 5 28 Wrong I O module plugged on hot swap t...

Page 824: ...swap terminal unit 4 1 10 31 6 42 No communication with hot swap ter minal unit 9 Restart if error persists replace terminal unit 4 31 31 31 46 Voltage feedback on activated digital outputs DO0 DO7 on UP3 4 Check terminals 4 31 1 10 31 31 34 No response during initialization of the I O module Replace I O module 4 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP3 too low Check process supply voltage 4 1 6 255 2 0 45...

Page 825: ...etected at digital output DO0 DO7 6 Check terminals 4 31 2 0 7 47 Short circuit at dig ital output 7 Check terminals Channel error analog 4 31 1 0 3 48 Analog value over flow or broken wire at an analog input Check value or check terminals 4 31 1 0 3 7 Analog value underflow at an analog input Check value 4 31 1 0 3 47 Short circuit at an analog input Check terminals 4 31 3 0 1 4 Analog value over...

Page 826: ...se this could produce reverse voltage from this output to other digital outputs This diagnosis message appears per channel 7 Short circuit After a detected short circuit the output is deactivated for 100 ms Then a new start up will be executed This diagnosis message appears per channel 8 In case of an I O module doesn t support hot swapping do not perform any hot swap operations also not on any ot...

Page 827: ... mitting telegrams Table 173 States of the 27 process LEDs LED Color OFF ON Flashing AI0 to AI3 Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON brightness depends on the value of the analog signal AO0 to AO1 Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON brightness depends on the value of the analog signal DI0 to DI7 Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON the input voltage is even displayed if the supply voltage is OFF DO0 to DO7 Ye...

Page 828: ...0004 1 7593 0 0004 10 0000 3 9994 0 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 11 7589 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Under flow 0 0000 11 7589 0 0000 0 0000 32768 8000 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Input ranges resistance temperature detector Range Pt100 Pt1000 50 70 C Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 160 ...

Page 829: ... 22 8142 mA 32511 7EFF Measured value too high 11 7589 V 10 0004 V 23 5178 mA 20 0007 mA 22 8142 mA 20 0006 mA 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 10 0000 V 0 0004 V 20 0000 mA 0 0007 mA 20 0000 mA 4 0006 mA 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 V 0 0000 mA 4 0000 mA 0 0000 0 0004 V 10 0000 V 0 mA 0 mA 3 9994 mA 0 mA 0 mA 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 V 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA...

Page 830: ...ation 0 2 A Current consumption via UP3 0 06 A 0 5 A max per output Connections Terminals 1 8 and 2 8 for 24 V UP Terminal 3 8 for 24 V UP3 Terminals 1 9 2 9 and 3 9 for 0 V ZP Max power dissipation within the module 6 W Number of digital inputs 8 Number of digital outputs 8 Number of analog inputs 4 Number of analog outputs 2 Input data length 2 bytes Output data length 2 bytes Reference potentia...

Page 831: ...her NETX 100 Transfer rate 10 100 Mbit s full duplex Transfer method According to Ethernet II IEEE 802 3 Ethernet 100 base TX internal switch 2x RJ45 socket Expandability Max 10 S500 I O modules Adjusting elements 2 rotary switches for generation of an explicit name Supported protocols RTC real time cyclic protocol class 1 RTA real time acyclic protocol DCP discovery and configuration protocol CL ...

Page 832: ... of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input type according EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 0 1 ms configurable from 0 1 32 ms Input signal voltage 24 V DC 0 Signal 3 V 5 V Undefined Signal 5 V 15 V 1 Signal 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input vo...

Page 833: ...low this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short cir cuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes software controlled supervision Max cable l...

Page 834: ...s on the value of the analog signal Conversion cycle 1 ms for 4 inputs 2 outputs with RTDs Pt Ni 1 s Resolution Range 0 V 10 V 12 bits Range 10 V 10 V 12 bits sign Range 0 mA 20 mA 12 bits Range 4 mA 20 mA 12 bits Range RTD Pt100 PT1000 Ni1000 0 1 C Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resolution within the normal range Typ 0 5 max 1 Relatio...

Page 835: ...rent Bipolar Voltage Galvanic isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA each output can be configured individually Output resistance load as current output 0 W 500 W Output loadability as voltage output 10 mA max Indication of the output signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on the value of the analog signal Resolution 12 bits sign S...

Page 836: ...d 2 AO Active 1SAP 420 600 R0001 CI501 PNIO XC V3 PROFINET communication interface module 8 DI 8 DO 4 AI and 2 AO XC version Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 7 5 3 CI502 PNIO 8 digital inputs 24 V DC 8 digital outputs 24 V DC 0 5 A max 8 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 V DC 0 5 A max Module...

Page 837: ...A2 ETH S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the I O device identifier 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 ETH2 on the terminal unit 12 Terminal unit 13 DIN rail Sign for XC version 1 7 5 3 1 Intended purpose The PROFINET communication interface module CI502 PNIO is used as communication inter face module in PROFINET networks The network connection is performed via 2 RJ45 connec tors whic...

Page 838: ...ired terminal unit TU507 ETH or TU508 ETH Ä Chapter 1 5 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ethernet communication interface modules on page 122 1 7 5 3 3 Connections The Ethernet communication interface module CI502 PNIO is plugged on the I O terminal unit TU507 ETH Ä Chapter 1 5 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ethernet communication interface modules on page 122 or TU508 ETH Ä Chapter 1 5 1 TU507 ETH an...

Page 839: ...els DI0 DI7 CAUTION Risk of malfunction by unintended usage If the function cut off of the digital outputs is to be used by deactivation of the supply voltage UP3 be sure that no external voltage is conncted at the outputs DO0 DO7 and DC0 DC7 The assignment of the other terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 0 DC0 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC0 1 1 DC1 Signal of the configura...

Page 840: ...equences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition res...

Page 841: ...on is provided in the System Technology chapter PROFINET Connection of the Digital inputs The following figure shows the connection of the digital input DI8 Proceed with the digital inputs DI9 to DI15 in the same way Device specifications Communication interface modules S500 PROFINET 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 841 ...

Page 842: ...The meaning of the LEDs is described in Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 3 8 1 State LEDs on page 853 Device specifications Communication interface modules S500 PROFINET 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 842 ...

Page 843: ...f the digital output DO8 Proceed with the digital outputs DO9 DO15 in the same way The meaning of the LEDs is described in Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 3 8 1 State LEDs on page 853 Device specifications Communication interface modules S500 PROFINET 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 843 ...

Page 844: ... 0 DI8 2 1 DI9 2 2 DI10 2 3 DI11 DI12 2 5 DI13 2 6 2 7 DI15 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 3 0 DO8 3 1 DO9 3 2 DO10 3 3 DO11 3 4 DO12 3 5 DO13 3 6 DO14 3 7 DO15 3 8 UP3 3 9 ZP The meaning of the LEDs is described in Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 3 8 1 State LEDs on page 853 Assignment of the Ethernet ports The terminal unit for the communication interface module provides two Ethernet interfaces with the following pin a...

Page 845: ...h position during operation will have no effect until the next module initialization 1 7 5 3 6 I O configuration The CI502 PNIO stores some PROFINET configuration parameters I O device identifier I O device type and IP address configuration No more configuration data is stored The digital I O channels are configured via software Details about configuration are described in Parameterization Ä Chapt...

Page 846: ...ime 3 4 ms process cycle time 4 5 ms process cycle time 5 6 ms process cycle time 6 7 ms process cycle time 7 8 ms process cycle time 8 9 ms process cycle time 9 10 ms process cycle time 10 11 ms process cycle time 11 12 ms process cycle time 12 13 ms process cycle time 13 14 ms process cycle time 14 15 ms process cycle time 15 16 ms process cycle time 16 Check supply Off On 0 1 BYTE 1 Fast counte...

Page 847: ...supported It means for example that non safety output channels will go from fail safe values to 0 values during the re connection and re parameterization time and after that go to new output values Safety I O modules will be re parameterized and re started as newly started modules which may not require their PROFIsafe reintegration depending on safety CPU state in the safety application IO BUS res...

Page 848: ...appears if the output of a channel DC0 DC7 should be switched on while an externally voltage is connected In this case the start up is disabled as long as the externally voltage is connected The monitoring of this state and the resulting diagnosis message can be disabled by setting the parameters to OFF 3 The error state voltage overflow at outputs appears if externally voltage at digital outputs ...

Page 849: ...gs According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 1 coming error Bit 6 1 leaving error In cases of short circuit or overload the digital outputs are turned off The modules performs reactivation automatically Thus an acknowledgement of the errors is not necessary The error message is stored via the LED E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identi fier 000 06 3 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC...

Page 850: ...Parameter error Check master 3 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP too low Check process supply voltage 3 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP gone Check process supply voltage 3 31 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O device Replace I O module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O device type on socket Replace I O module Check configu ration 4 1 10 31 31 31 At least one module does not support failsafe function Chec...

Page 851: ...le on hot swap terminal unit 9 Replace I O module 4 1 10 31 5 54 I O module does not support hot swap 8 9 Power off system and replace I O module 4 1 10 31 6 8 Hot swap terminal unit configured but not found Replace terminal unit by hot swap terminal unit 4 1 10 31 6 42 No communication with hot swap ter minal unit 9 Restart if error persists replace terminal unit 4 1 6 255 2 0 45 The connected Co...

Page 852: ...age UP3 too low Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP3 gone Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 10 Voltage overflow at outputs above UP3 level 5 Check termi nals check process supply voltage Channel error digital 4 31 2 8 15 46 Externally voltage detected at digital output DO0 DO7 6 Check terminals 4 31 4 0 7 46 Externally voltage detected at digital output DC0 DC7 6 Ch...

Page 853: ... start up is disabled as long as the externally voltage is connected Otherwise this could produce reverse voltage from this output to other digital outputs This diagnosis message appears per channel 7 Short circuit After a detected short circuit the output is deactivated for 2000 ms Then a new start up will be executed This diagnosis message appears per channel 8 In case of an I O module doesn t s...

Page 854: ...ED Color OFF ON Flashing DC0 to DC7 Yellow Input Output is OFF Input Output is ON DI8 to DI15 Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON the input voltage is even displayed if the supply voltage is OFF DO8 to DO15 Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON UP Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK and initialization fin ished UP3 Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK C...

Page 855: ...configurable digital inputs outputs 8 Input data length 12 bytes Output data length 20 bytes Reference potential for all digital inputs and outputs Negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Setting of the I O device identifier With 2 rotary switches at the front side of the module Diagnosis See Diagnosis and Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 3 8 Diagnosis on page 848 Operation and error displays 3...

Page 856: ...onnectionless remote procedure Call LLDP link layer discovery protocol MRP MRP Client Acyclic services PNIO read write sequence max 1024 bytes per telegram Process Alarm service Supported alarm types Process Alarm Diagnostic Alarm Return of SubModule Plug Alarm Pull Alarm Min bus cycle 1 ms Conformance class CC A Protective functions according to IEC 61131 3 Protected against short circuit reverse...

Page 857: ...ta of the digital outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DO0 to DO7 Terminals 3 0 to 3 7 Reference potential for all outputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 negative pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Common power supply voltage For all outputs terminal 3 8 positive pole of the supply voltage signal ...

Page 858: ...inductive loads are turned off Technical data of the configurable digital inputs outputs Each of the configurable I O channels is defined as input or output by the user program This is done by interrogating or allocating the corresponding channel Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 inputs outputs with transistors Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group for 8 channels If the ch...

Page 859: ... Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Due to the direct connection to the output the demagnetizing varistor is also effective at the input see figure above This is why the difference between UPx and the input signal may not exceed the clamp voltage of the varistor The varistor limits the voltage to approx 36 V Following this the input voltage must range from 12 V to 30 V when UPx 24 V and from 6 V to ...

Page 860: ...rload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes software controlled supervision Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m The following drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off 2 1 UPx 24 V ZPx 0 V 1 Digital input output 2 For demagnetization when inductive loads are turned off Technical data o...

Page 861: ...installations 1 8 Accessories 1 8 1 AC500 eCo 1 8 1 1 MC5102 Micro memory card with micro memory card adapter Solid state flash memory storage 1 Micro memory card 2 TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter The MC5102 micro memory card has no write protect switch The TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter has a write protect switch In the position LOCK the inserted micro memory card can only be read Memory...

Page 862: ... resulting from use of unapproved memory cards Processor modules can be operated with and without micro memory card Processor modules are supplied without micro memory card It must be ordered separately The micro memory card is used to store or backup application data and or application programs or project source codes as well as to update the internal CPU firmware The micro memory card can only b...

Page 863: ...ot 1 Unpack the micro memory card and insert it into the supplied micro memory card adapter 2 Insert the micro memory card adapter with integrated micro memory card into the memory card slot of the processor module until locked Micro memory card adapter Insert the micro memory card AC500 V3 Device specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 863 ...

Page 864: ...Removal of the micro memory card Do not remove the micro memory card when it is working AC500 V3 Remove the micro memory card with micro memory card adapter only when no black square is shown next to MC in the display AC500 eCo V3 Remove the micro memory card only when the MC LED is not blinking Otherwise the micro memory card and or files on it might get corrupted and or normal PLC operation migh...

Page 865: ...an be removed 1 Micro memory card slot cover 2 Micro memory card 3 Micro memory card slot 1 Open the micro memory card slot cover by turning it upwards 2 Micro memory card can be removed from the micro memory card slot by gripping and pulling with two fingers 3 Close the micro memory card slot cover by turning it downwards Parameter Value Memory capacity 8 GB Total bytes written TBW On request AC5...

Page 866: ...ro memory card in AC500 PLCs is provided in the chapter Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 180 100 R0002 MC5102 micro memory card with TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 1 8 1 2 TA52xx x Terminal block sets Removable terminal blocks are used for power...

Page 867: ... are used For all CPUs there is a screw and a spring variant available Basic CPU Standard and Pro CPUs Spring type TA5211 TSPF B Screw type TA5211 TSCL B Spring type TA5212 TSPF Screw type TA5212 TSCL Various removable spring type terminal blocks are available for option boards The following spare parts are available depending on the number of pins Spring type TA5220 SPF5 TA5220 SPF6 TA5220 SPF7 T...

Page 868: ...sor module when using unap proved terminal blocks Only use terminal blocks approved by ABB to avoid injury and damage to the processor module Terminal block set for PM50x2 Processor modules PM50x2 CPU are not delivered with terminal blocks Screw type terminal block set TA5211 TSCL B 1SAP187400R0001 for PM5012 x ETH TA5212 TSCL 1SAP187400R0004 for PM5032 x ETH PM5052 x ETH PM5072 T 2ETH W Spring ty...

Page 869: ...Screw type Spring type 13 pin terminal block for I O connectors Device specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 869 ...

Page 870: ...Screw type Spring type 12 pin terminal block for I O connectors Device specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 870 ...

Page 871: ...Screw type Spring type x PIN terminal blocks for option boards Device specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 871 ...

Page 872: ...s in these dimensions for the available spring terminal blocks Description Pin Length mm Wide mm Height mm TA5220 SPF5 5 18 2 7 7 22 9 TA5220 SPF6 6 21 7 7 7 22 9 TA5220 SPF7 7 25 2 7 7 22 9 TA5220 SPF8 8 28 7 7 7 22 9 Device specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 872 ...

Page 873: ...rew front cable side 5 00 mm pitch TA5212 TSCL Usage Power supply for AC500 eCo V3 processor modules Conductor cross section Solid copper 0 5 mm 2 5 mm Flexible copper 0 5 mm 2 5 mm Stripped conductor end 7 mm Assembly Disassembly Technical data Device specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 873 ...

Page 874: ... block 15 mm x 15 mm x 25 95 mm Weight TA5211 TSPF B 150 g 2 terminal blocks TA5212 TSPF 200 g 3 terminal blocks Table 179 Screw type terminal block for onboard I Os Parameter Value Type TA5211 TSCL B Removable 13 pin terminal block screw front cable side 5 00 mm pitch TA5212 TSCL Removable 13 pin and 12 pin terminal block screw front cable side 5 00 mm pitch Usage Onboard I Os for AC500 eCo V3 pr...

Page 875: ...Weight TA5211 TSPF B 150 g 2 terminal blocks TA5212 TSPF 200 g 3 terminal blocks Table 181 Spring type terminal block for option boards Parameter Value Type TA5220 SPF5 Removable 5 pin terminal block spring front cable front 3 50 mm pitch TA5220 SPF6 Removable 6 pin terminal block spring front cable front 3 50 mm pitch TA5220 SPF7 Removable 7 pin terminal block spring front cable front 3 50 mm pit...

Page 876: ...l block for power supply 1 removable 13 pin terminal block for I O connectors 1 removable 12 pin terminal block for I O connectors 1SAP 187 400 R0005 TA5212 TSPF spring terminal block set for AC500 eCo V3 Standard and Pro CPU spring front cable front 5 00 mm pitch 1 removable 3 pin terminal block for power supply 1 removable 13 pin terminal block for I O connectors 1 removable 12 pin terminal bloc...

Page 877: ...he replacement TA5300 CVR 1SAP187500R0001 Never power up the CPU with uncovered option board slot otherwise it may cause serious injury and or damage the product The AC500 eCo V3 processor modules are delivered with option board slot cover s The option board slot cover has to be removed before inserting an option board The TA5300 CVR option board slot covers are available as spare parts The dimens...

Page 878: ...l the option board slot cover out of the option board slot of the processor module PM50xx The system data of AC500 eCo V3 apply Ä Chapter 2 5 1 System data AC500 eCo V3 on page 925 Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Weight 47 g Dimensions 42 1 mm x 30 8 mm x 23 55 Inserting of the option board slot cover Removing of the option board slot cover Technical data Dev...

Page 879: ...rd slot cover removable plastic part 6 pieces per packing unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations Ordering data Device specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 879 ...

Page 880: ...minal block for power supply 4 Screw terminal block s for I O connectors TA5400 SIM The TA5400 SIM input simulator is only intended for testing and training pur poses for AC500 eCo V3 processor modules PM50x2 Continuous operation in a productive system is not permitted The TA5400 SIM input simulator may only be used with screw type terminal blocks The TA5400 SIM input simulator must not be used wi...

Page 881: ...simulate 6 digital 24 V DC input signals to the digital inputs I0 I5 of onboard I Os With the TA5400 SIM input simulator the digital 24 V DC inputs I0 I5 can be turned OFF and ON separately If the lever of the switch is on the right side 1 the input is ON If the lever of the switch is on the left side 0 the input is OFF The dimensions are in mm and in brackets in inch The diagram below shows the c...

Page 882: ...voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you start working on the system Never connect voltages 24 V DC to the terminal block of the TA5400 SIM input simulator CAUTION Risk of damaging the input simulator and or PLC modules The TA5400 SIM input simulator may only be used with AC500 eCo V3 processor modules PM50x2 Never use the input simulator with other devices The input ...

Page 883: ...maging the PLC modules The PLC modules can be damaged by overvoltages and short circuits Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you start working on the system 2 Disconnect the TA5400 SIM power supply wires 24 V DC with a flat blade screwdriver from the terminal block for power supply L and M 3 Loosen all screws of the onboard I Os 4 Remove the input ...

Page 884: ...I5 Terminals 2 7 Reference potential for the channels I0 to I5 Terminal 1 negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name C0 5 Input current per active channel at input voltage 24 V DC The current is given through the used pro cessor module Typ 5 mA Inrush current per active channel The current is given through the used pro cessor module Typ 5 mA Part no Description Product life cycle phas...

Page 885: ...only be inserted when a MC503 memory card adapter is installed in the processor module The use of other memory cards is prohibited ABB is not responsible nor liable for consequences resulting from use of unapproved memory cards Processor modules can be operated with and without micro memory card Processor modules are supplied without micro memory card It must be ordered separately The memory card ...

Page 886: ...kets in inch AC500 V3 1 Unpack the memory card 2 Insert the memory card into the memory card slot of the processor module until locked Fig 159 Insert memory card into PM56xx 1 Memory card 2 Memory card slot Dimensions Insert the memory card Device specifications Accessories AC500 standard 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 886 ...

Page 887: ...orward 2 By this the memory card is unlocked and can be removed Fig 160 Remove memory card from PM56xx 1 Memory card 2 Memory card slot Parameter Value Memory capacity 2 GB Total bytes written TBW On request Data retention at beginning 10 years at 40 C when number of write processes has been 90 of lifetime of each cell 1 year at 40 C Write protect switch Yes at the edge of the memory card Weight 2...

Page 888: ...or planning and commissioning of new installations 1 8 2 2 MC5102 Micro memory card with micro memory card adapter Solid state flash memory storage 1 Micro memory card 2 TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter The MC5102 micro memory card has no write protect switch The TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter has a write protect switch In the position LOCK the inserted micro memory card can only be read M...

Page 889: ...sulting from use of unapproved memory cards Processor modules can be operated with and without micro memory card Processor modules are supplied without micro memory card It must be ordered separately The micro memory card is used to store or backup application data and or application programs or project source codes as well as to update the internal CPU firmware The micro memory card can only be u...

Page 890: ... 1 Unpack the micro memory card and insert it into the supplied micro memory card adapter 2 Insert the micro memory card adapter with integrated micro memory card into the memory card slot of the processor module until locked Micro memory card adapter Insert the micro memory card AC500 V3 Device specifications Accessories AC500 standard 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 890 ...

Page 891: ...oval of the micro memory card Do not remove the micro memory card when it is working AC500 V3 Remove the micro memory card with micro memory card adapter only when no black square is shown next to MC in the display AC500 eCo V3 Remove the micro memory card only when the MC LED is not blinking Otherwise the micro memory card and or files on it might get corrupted and or normal PLC operation might b...

Page 892: ... be removed 1 Micro memory card slot cover 2 Micro memory card 3 Micro memory card slot 1 Open the micro memory card slot cover by turning it upwards 2 Micro memory card can be removed from the micro memory card slot by gripping and pulling with two fingers 3 Close the micro memory card slot cover by turning it downwards Parameter Value Memory capacity 8 GB Total bytes written TBW On request AC500...

Page 893: ...at any time to maintain normal device operation Further information on using the micro memory card in AC500 PLCs is provided in the chapter Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 180 100 R0002 MC5102 micro memory card with TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installatio...

Page 894: ...installed in the processor module The use of other memory cards is prohibited ABB is not responsible nor liable for consequences resulting from use of unapproved memory cards Processor modules can be operated with and without micro memory card Processor modules are supplied without micro memory card It must be ordered separately The memory card is used to store or backup application data and or ap...

Page 895: ... memory card into the memory card slot of the processor module until locked Fig 163 Insert memory card into PM56xx 1 Memory card 2 Memory card slot AC500 V3 Dimensions Insert the memory card Remove the memory card Device specifications Accessories AC500 standard 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 895 ...

Page 896: ...moves forward 2 By this the memory card is unlocked and can be removed Fig 164 Remove memory card from PM56xx 1 Memory card 2 Memory card slot Parameter Value Memory capacity 2 GB Total bytes written TBW On request Data retention at beginning 10 years at 40 C when number of write processes has been 90 of lifetime of each cell 1 year at 40 C Write protect switch Yes at the edge of the memory card W...

Page 897: ...dules are supplied without lithium battery It must be ordered separately The TA521 lithium battery is used for data SRAM and RTC buffering while the processor module is not powered See system technology AC500 battery The CPU monitors the discharge degree of the battery A warning is issued before the battery condition becomes critical about 2 weeks before Once the warning message appears the batter...

Page 898: ...rocess module is under power then the battery is correctly recognized and will not shortly discharged To ensure propper operation and to prevent data loss the battery insertion or replacement must be always done with the system under power Without battery and power supply there is no data buffering possible WARNING Risk of fire or explosion Use of incorrect Battery may cause fire or explosion Batt...

Page 899: ...problems the battery should be replaced after 3 years of utilisation or at least as soon as possible after receiving the low battery warning indication Do not use a battery older than 3 years for replacement do not keep batteries too long in stock To ensure propper operation and to prevent data loss the battery insertion or replacement must be always done with the system under power Without batter...

Page 900: ...battery older than 3 years for replacement do not keep batteries too long in stock Parameter Value Nominal voltage 3 V Nominal capacity 560 mAh Temperature range index below C0 Operating 0 C 60 C Storage 20 C 60 C Transport 20 C 60 C Temperature range index C0 and above Operating 40 C 70 C Storage 40 C 85 C Transport 40 C 85 C Battery lifetime Typ 3 years at 25 C Self discharge 2 per year at 25 C ...

Page 901: ...l base Ä Chapter 1 2 1 TB56xx for AC500 V3 products on page 4 It protects the terminal base from dust and inadvertent touch TA524 is mounted in the same way as a common communication module Ä Chapter 2 6 3 5 Mounting Demounting the communication modules on page 987 Parameter Value Weight 50 g Dimensions 135 mm x 28 mm x 62 mm Purpose Handling instructions Technical data Device specifications Acces...

Page 902: ...described in detail in the section Mounting and disassembling the terminal unit Ä Mounting with screws on page 984 and Mounting Disas sembling Terminal Bases and Function Module Terminal Bases Ä Mounting with screws on page 982 Parameter Value Weight 5 g Dimensions 67 mm x 35 mm x 5 5 mm Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 180 800 R0001 TA526 wall mounting acces sory Active Modules i...

Page 903: ... is transparent so that after snapping it onto the module the LEDs shine through The plastic labels can be printed out from TA563 doc http new abb com products ABB1SAP180500R0001 Parameter Value Use For labelling channels of I O modules Mounting Snap on to the module Weight 20 g Dimensions 82 mm x 67 mm x 13 mm Purpose Handling instructions Technical data Device specifications Accessories S500 202...

Page 904: ...1 9 ZP 2 0 I8 2 1 I9 2 2 I10 2 3 I11 2 4 I12 2 5 I13 2 6 I14 2 7 I15 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 3 0 C16 3 1 C17 3 2 C18 3 3 C19 3 4 C20 3 5 C21 3 6 C22 3 7 C23 3 8 UP 3 9 ZP 4 0 C24 4 1 C25 4 2 C26 4 3 C27 4 4 C28 4 5 C29 4 6 C30 4 7 C31 4 8 UP 4 9 ZP CH ERR3 CH ERR4 16 DI 16 DC Input 24 V DC Output 24 V DC 0 5 A CH ERR2 CH ERR1 2 UP 24VDC 200W UP 24VDC 200W 1 1 Module without plastic label TA525 2 Module with...

Page 905: ... TA526 must be inserted at the rear side first This plastic parts prevent bending of terminal bases and terminal units while screwing up Handling of the wall mounting accessory is described in detail in the section Mounting and disassembling the terminal unit Ä Mounting with screws on page 984 and Mounting Disas sembling Terminal Bases and Function Module Terminal Bases Ä Mounting with screws on p...

Page 906: ...ap types for the following connectors RJ45 connectors 9 pole D sub connector FieldBusPlug connector Protection should be done for all unused slots of XC devices Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 182 300 R0001 TA535 Protective Caps for XC devices Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations Purpo...

Page 907: ...n Ä Chapter 2 4 Overall information valid for complete AC500 product family on page 911 Details that are only valid for a specific AC500 sub family are described in separate sections Consider the safety instructions In the description special attention must be paid to designs using galvanic isolation grounding and EMC measures for the reasons stated Consider the safety instructions for AC500 produ...

Page 908: ...h any particular installation ABB cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ABB with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual No liability is assumed for the direct or indirect consequences of the improper use improper application or inadequate maintenance of these devic...

Page 909: ...he specified data NOTICE PLC damage due to missing grounding Ensure to earth the devices The grounding switch cabinet grounding PE is supplied both by the mains connection or 24 V supply voltage and via DIN rail The DIN rail must be connected to the ground before the device is subjected to any power The grounding may be removed only if it is certain that no more power is being supplied to the cont...

Page 910: ...s with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is...

Page 911: ...is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comp...

Page 912: ...ower being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and...

Page 913: ...o CPU and communication interface logic ciruits Galvanic isolation of I O bus is I O module specific See each module specification for details Protection against electrostatic discharge ESD TB5xx TB56xx with protection diodes no ESD discharge allowed on the port Max bus length 1 m 1 Minimum bus cycle time This value is valid for all module combinations from 1 to 10 I O modules Table 185 Wiring bus...

Page 914: ...erted into the wrong places for cases that might result in dangerous parasitic voltages or if modules could be destroyed The coding either makes it impossible to insert the module to the wrong place or blocks its electrical function outputs are not activated The following figures show the possible encodings Fig 166 Encoding for processor modules with Ethernet interface System assembly construction...

Page 915: ...Fig 168 Encoding for communication interface modules Fig 169 Encoding for I O modules 24 VDC System assembly construction and connection Overall information valid for complete AC500 product family Mechanical encoding 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 915 ...

Page 916: ...FINET interface Fig 171 Encoding for I O modules 120 VAC 230 VAC Fig 172 Encoding for positioning modules System assembly construction and connection Overall information valid for complete AC500 product family Mechanical encoding 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 916 ...

Page 917: ...s subjected to any power The grounding may be removed only if it is certain that no more power is being supplied to the control system Power DC532 DI524 I O Terminal Unit TU515 TU516 ZP supply DIN rail I O Bus Digital UP CH ERRx 0V UP 24V Inputs outputs I O Bus I Os I O interface 1 M 1 M ZP ZP Block diagram Digital I O modules System assembly construction and connection Overall information valid f...

Page 918: ...lves must not emit electro magnetic noises Advant Controller components have a very high noise immunity When the wiring and grounding instructions are met an error free operation is given High electro magnetic noises of nearby mounted applications must be taken in consideration during the planning phase An EMC compatible earthing concept will also guarantee an error free operation here Block diagr...

Page 919: ...se toothed lock washers under screw connections Fig 173 Assembly wrong Fig 174 Assembly correct Make a connection between the DIN rails and PE Protective Earth For this use an grounding wire with a minimum conductor cross section of 10 mm The wire is connected to the DIN rail with an M6 screw A large area contact of the DIN rail with the metallic mounting plate improves the EMC behavior significan...

Page 920: ... shield until the cable reaches the module connected The connection between the PE bar and the shield bar must have a low impe dance 2 4 4 4 Switchgear cabinet According to DNV GL mounting in a seperate metall cabinet is required for SM560 S FD 1 CI521 MODTCP CI522 MODTCP The connections between the switchgear cabinet the mounting plates the PE bar and the shield bar must have a low impedance Grou...

Page 921: ...signal cables should be laid close to each other Equipotential bondings must be connected to PE with low impedance Fig 175 AC500 equipotential bonding 1 Cabinet 1 2 Cabinet 2 3 Power supply for the CPU 4 Fuse for the CPU power 5 Power supply for the I Os 6 Fuse for the I O power 7 For fuses for the contacts of the relay outputs 8 0V rail 9 Grounding of the 0V rail 10 Cabinet grounding 11 Equipoten...

Page 922: ...modules Analog I O modules The two supply voltages can be provided by the same power supply unit The CPU and the I O modules should however be fused separately Of course also separate power supplies are possible 2 4 5 1 Calculation of the total current consumption In the example the AC500 control system consists of the following devices AC500 CPU with Ethernet interface 4 communication modules 7 I...

Page 923: ...y terminals then the following values are the result for an example shown above ICPU ICx II O bus IUPx ILOADx CPU communication module part CPU 0 110 A C1 0 050 A C2 0 085 A C3 0 050 A C4 0 050 A I O module part Analog1 0 002 A 0 150 A Analog2 0 002 A 0 150 A 0 160 A Analog3 0 002 A 0 100 A 0 080 A Analog4 0 002 A 0 100 A 0 080 A Digital1 0 002 A 0 050 A 8 000 A Digital2 0 002 A 0 050 A 8 000 A Di...

Page 924: ...y card and battery from CPU 6 Delete all user accounts and user data 7 Demount and dispose the hardware modules Ä Chapter 2 5 3 Mounting and demounting on page 933 Ä Chapter 2 6 3 Mounting and demounting on page 981 Ä Chapter 2 4 7 Recycling on page 925 If you can not access the data stored in the CPU e g because the CPU is not functional any more then physically destroy the device ð This ensures ...

Page 925: ... electronic waste disposal company or the store where you purchased the product 2 5 AC500 eCo 2 5 1 System data AC500 eCo V3 2 5 1 1 Environmental conditions Table 186 Process and supply voltages Parameter Value 24 V DC Voltage 24 V 15 20 Protection against reverse polarity Yes 24 V AC Voltage 24 V 15 10 Frequency 50 60 Hz 6 4 100 V AC Voltage 100 V 15 10 Frequency 50 60 Hz 6 4 230 V AC Voltage 23...

Page 926: ...2000 m Storage 660 hPa 3500 m Ingress protection PLC System IP 20 in accordance with IEC 60529 with all modules or option boards plugged in with all terminal blocks plugged in with all covers closed Option boards Temperature range TA5101 4DI 0 C 60 C TA5105 4DOT 0 C 60 C TA5110 2DI2DOT 0 C 60 C TA530 KNXPB 0 C 60 C TA5131 RTC 0 C 55 C TA5141 RS232I 0 C 60 C TA5142 RS485I 0 C 60 C TA5142 RS485 0 C ...

Page 927: ...from the secondary circuit by double or reinforced insulation The protective extra low voltage PELV offers protection against electric shock 2 5 1 4 Electromagnetic compatibility Electromagnetic Compatibility Device suitable for Industrial applications Yes Domestic applications Yes Immunity against electrostatic discharge ESD According to IEC 61000 4 2 zone B crite rion B Electrostatic voltage in ...

Page 928: ...ial Mode 2 5 1 5 Mechanical data Parameter Value Mounting Horizontal Degree of protection EN61131 2 IP20 with all option boards or option board slot covers attached and all ter minal screws are tightened Housing Classification V0 according to UL 94 Vibration resistance acc to EN 61131 2 all three axes DIN rail mounting 5 Hz 8 2 Hz 7 5 mm peak 8 2 Hz 150 Hz 2 g peak Shock test All three axes 15 g 1...

Page 929: ...tory floor environment is suitable Maintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways adjacent equipment Allow a minimum of 20 mm clearance on all sides This provides ventilation and galvanic isolation It is recommended to mount the modules on an grounded mounting plate or an grounded DIN rail independent of the mounting location Fig 176 Installation of AC500 eCo V3 CPU S500 modules in a switchgear ca...

Page 930: ...3R0200 on the bottom and on the top of the modules to properly secure the modules With high vibration applications and horizontal mounting we also recommend to place end stop terminals at the right and left side of the device to properly secure the modules e g type BADL P N 1SNA399903R0200 2 5 2 2 Mechanical dimensions AC500 eCo V3 option boards TA5105 TA5110 TA5130 System assembly construction an...

Page 931: ... V3 All mechanical dimensions are given in millimeters and inches The value in brackets is the inch value TA5131 RTC TA5101 TA514x System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Mechanical dimensions 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 931 ...

Page 932: ...sions S500 eCo All mechanical dimensions are given in millimeters and inches The value in brackets is the inch value Fig 178 Side front and back view System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Mechanical dimensions 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 932 ...

Page 933: ...und Use zinc plated yellow chromate stell DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials e g aluminium plastic etc that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding 2 5 3 1 Mounting and demounting of the AC500 eCo V3 CPUs 2 5 3 1 1 Mounting a processor module on a DIN rail NOTICE Risk of function faults The processor module is...

Page 934: ...ule mounted on a DIN rail 1 Remove I O modules if connected 2 While pressing down processor module pull it away from DIN rail System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Mounting and demounting 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 934 ...

Page 935: ...concept of the plant Do NOT use insulating washers One TA543 wall mounting accessory Ä Chapter 2 5 5 5 TA543 Screw mounting accessory on page 969 is needed per processor module 1 Snap in the TA543 at the back side of the processor module 2 Fasten the processor module with two screws max diameter 4 mm to the metal plate System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Mounting and demounting 2...

Page 936: ...x on page 14 for connection 2 5 3 1 4 Demounting a processor module mounted on a metal plate 1 Remove I O modules if connected 2 Remove the 2 screws System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Mounting and demounting 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 936 ...

Page 937: ...Mounting and demounting option boards 2 5 3 2 1 Inserting the option board After mounting the PM50x2 processor module on the DIN rail mount the option board Press the option board TA51xx or TA5300 CVR into the slot of the processor module PM50x2 until it locks in place The option board must click into the slot of the processor module System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Mounting a...

Page 938: ...ower up the CPU with uncovered option board slot otherwise it may cause serious injury and or damage the product 2 5 3 3 Mounting and demounting of S500 eCo I O modules S500 eCo I O modules can be mounted either on a DIN rail or with screws on a metal plate NOTICE Risk of function faults The S500 eCo I O modules are grounded via the DIN rail The DIN rail must be included into the earthing concept ...

Page 939: ... DIN rail then snap it in below 2 Attach I O module by hand to an other module The serial I O bus is connected automati cally System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Mounting and demounting 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 939 ...

Page 940: ...y isolating screws or washers Use metal screws on the metal plate The metal plate must be included into the earthing concept of the plant Do NOT use insulating washers Demounting I O modules mounted on a DIN rail Mounting I O modules on a metal plate System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Mounting and demounting 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 940 ...

Page 941: ...s needed per S500 eCo I O module 1 Snap in the TA566 at the back side of the I O module 2 Attach the I O module by hand to an other module The serial I O bus is connected automatically System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Mounting and demounting 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 941 ...

Page 942: ...3 Fasten the I O module with two screws max diameter 4 mm to the metal plate System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Mounting and demounting 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 942 ...

Page 943: ...etailed information such as technical data of your mounted devices AC500 product family refer to the hardware device specification of the appropriate device Demounting I O modules mounted on a metal plate System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Connection and wiring 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 943 ...

Page 944: ...al blocks concerning power supply and onboard inputs outputs are provided under pluggable connectors for screw and spring connection Ä Chapter 2 5 5 2 TA52xx x Terminal block sets on page 952 Pin Assignment Pin Label Function Description Terminal block inserted 1 FE Functional earth 2 L 24 V DC Positive pin of the power supply voltage 3 M 0 V Negative pin of the power supply voltage CAUTION Risk o...

Page 945: ...141 RS232I isolated Ä Chapter 1 3 1 2 6 TA5141 RS232I Option board for COMx serial communication on page 75 RS 485 communication interface is available by using option boards TA5142 RS485I isolated Ä Chapter 1 3 1 2 7 TA5142 RS485I Option board for COMx serial communication on page 78 TA5142 RS485 non isolated Ä Chapter 1 3 1 2 8 TA5142 RS485 Option board for COMx serial communication on page 84 2...

Page 946: ...transmission control CRC16 Data transmission speed From 9 600 bits s to 115 200 bits s see Serial interface Encoding 1 start bit 8 data bits 1 or 2 stop bits 1 parity bit see Serial interface Max cable length for RS 485 on serial inter face option board used on the CPU 1 200 m at 19 200 baud Point to point with RS 232 or bus topology with RS 485 Modbus is a master slave protocol For further inform...

Page 947: ...r normal environmental conditions but MC5141 should be preferred 3 A memory card can only be inserted when a MC503 memory card adapter is installed in the processor module The use of other micro memory cards is prohibited ABB is not responsible nor liable for consequences resulting from use of unapproved memory cards Processor modules can be operated with and without micro memory card Processor mo...

Page 948: ...ry card reader when using TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter The dimensions are in mm and in brackets in inch The dimensions are in mm and in brackets in inch Dimensions Micro memory card Micro memory card adapter Insert the micro memory card System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Handling of accessories 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 948 ...

Page 949: ...rd slot of the processor module until locked 1 Micro memory card slot cover 2 Micro memory card 3 Micro memory card slot 1 Open the micro memory card slot cover by turning it upwards 2 Carefully insert the micro memory card into the micro memory card slot as far as it will go Observe orientation of card 3 Close the micro memory card slot cover by turning it downwards AC500 V3 AC500 eCo V3 System a...

Page 950: ...s on it might get corrupted and or normal PLC operation might be disturbed Fig 180 Remove micro memory card from PM56xx 1 Micro memory card 2 Micro memory card adapter 3 Memory card slot 1 To remove the micro memory card adapter with the integrated micro memory card push on the micro memory card adapter until it moves forward 2 By this the micro memory card adapter is unlocked and can be removed R...

Page 951: ...ach cell 1 year at 40 C Write protect switch Micro memory card No Micro memory card adapter Yes Weight 0 25 g Dimensions 15 mm x 11 mm x 0 7 mm It is not possible to use 100 of a device s memory space About 10 of the total available space must remain unused at any time to maintain normal device operation Further information on using the micro memory card in AC500 PLCs is provided in the chapter Pa...

Page 952: ... CPUs a 3 pin terminal block for power supply and a 13 pin terminal block for I O connectors are used For the AC500 eCo V3 Standard CPUs and Pro CPUs a 3 pin terminal block for power supply a 13 pin terminal block and a 12 pin terminal block for I O connectors are used For all CPUs there is a screw and a spring variant available Basic CPU Standard and Pro CPUs Spring type TA5211 TSPF B Screw type ...

Page 953: ...m other devices can damage the product Only by qualified personnel CAUTION Risk of injury and damaging the processor module when using unap proved terminal blocks Only use terminal blocks approved by ABB to avoid injury and damage to the processor module Terminal block set for PM50x2 Processor modules PM50x2 CPU are not delivered with terminal blocks Screw type terminal block set TA5211 TSCL B 1SA...

Page 954: ...Dimensions 3 pin terminal block for power supply Screw type Spring type System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Handling of accessories 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 954 ...

Page 955: ...13 pin terminal block for I O connectors Screw type Spring type System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Handling of accessories 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 955 ...

Page 956: ...12 pin terminal block for I O connectors Screw type Spring type System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Handling of accessories 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 956 ...

Page 957: ...le spring terminal blocks Description Pin Length mm Wide mm Height mm TA5220 SPF5 5 18 2 7 7 22 9 TA5220 SPF6 6 21 7 7 7 22 9 TA5220 SPF7 7 25 2 7 7 22 9 TA5220 SPF8 8 28 7 7 7 22 9 x PIN terminal blocks for option boards System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Handling of accessories 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 957 ...

Page 958: ...ide 5 00 mm pitch TA5212 TSCL Usage Power supply for AC500 eCo V3 processor modules Conductor cross section Solid copper 0 5 mm 2 5 mm Flexible copper 0 5 mm 2 5 mm Stripped conductor end 7 mm Assembly Disassembly Technical data System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Handling of accessories 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 958 ...

Page 959: ... mm x 25 95 mm Weight TA5211 TSPF B 150 g 2 terminal blocks TA5212 TSPF 200 g 3 terminal blocks Table 191 Screw type terminal block for onboard I Os Parameter Value Type TA5211 TSCL B Removable 13 pin terminal block screw front cable side 5 00 mm pitch TA5212 TSCL Removable 13 pin and 12 pin terminal block screw front cable side 5 00 mm pitch Usage Onboard I Os for AC500 eCo V3 processor modules C...

Page 960: ...F B 150 g 2 terminal blocks TA5212 TSPF 200 g 3 terminal blocks Table 193 Spring type terminal block for option boards Parameter Value Type TA5220 SPF5 Removable 5 pin terminal block spring front cable front 3 50 mm pitch TA5220 SPF6 Removable 6 pin terminal block spring front cable front 3 50 mm pitch TA5220 SPF7 Removable 7 pin terminal block spring front cable front 3 50 mm pitch TA5220 SPF8 Re...

Page 961: ... supply 1 removable 13 pin terminal block for I O connectors 1 removable 12 pin terminal block for I O connectors 1SAP 187 400 R0005 TA5212 TSPF spring terminal block set for AC500 eCo V3 Standard and Pro CPU spring front cable front 5 00 mm pitch 1 removable 3 pin terminal block for power supply 1 removable 13 pin terminal block for I O connectors 1 removable 12 pin terminal block for I O connect...

Page 962: ...5300 CVR 1SAP187500R0001 Never power up the CPU with uncovered option board slot otherwise it may cause serious injury and or damage the product The AC500 eCo V3 processor modules are delivered with option board slot cover s The option board slot cover has to be removed before inserting an option board The TA5300 CVR option board slot covers are available as spare parts The dimensions are in mm an...

Page 963: ...d slot cover out of the option board slot of the processor module PM50xx The system data of AC500 eCo V3 apply Ä Chapter 2 5 1 System data AC500 eCo V3 on page 925 Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Weight 47 g Dimensions 42 1 mm x 30 8 mm x 23 55 Inserting of the option board slot cover Removing of the option board slot cover Technical data System assembly cons...

Page 964: ...ovable plastic part 6 pieces per packing unit Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations Ordering data System assembly construction and connection AC500 eCo Handling of accessories 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 964 ...

Page 965: ...ower supply 4 Screw terminal block s for I O connectors TA5400 SIM The TA5400 SIM input simulator is only intended for testing and training pur poses for AC500 eCo V3 processor modules PM50x2 Continuous operation in a productive system is not permitted The TA5400 SIM input simulator may only be used with screw type terminal blocks The TA5400 SIM input simulator must not be used with spring type te...

Page 966: ...l 24 V DC input signals to the digital inputs I0 I5 of onboard I Os With the TA5400 SIM input simulator the digital 24 V DC inputs I0 I5 can be turned OFF and ON separately If the lever of the switch is on the right side 1 the input is ON If the lever of the switch is on the left side 0 the input is OFF The dimensions are in mm and in brackets in inch The diagram below shows the connection of the ...

Page 967: ...upply and process voltage are switched off before you start working on the system Never connect voltages 24 V DC to the terminal block of the TA5400 SIM input simulator CAUTION Risk of damaging the input simulator and or PLC modules The TA5400 SIM input simulator may only be used with AC500 eCo V3 processor modules PM50x2 Never use the input simulator with other devices The input simulator may onl...

Page 968: ...dules The PLC modules can be damaged by overvoltages and short circuits Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you start working on the system 2 Disconnect the TA5400 SIM power supply wires 24 V DC with a flat blade screwdriver from the terminal block for power supply L and M 3 Loosen all screws of the onboard I Os 4 Remove the input simulator by pull...

Page 969: ...I0 to I5 Terminal 1 negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name C0 5 Input current per active channel at input voltage 24 V DC The current is given through the used pro cessor module Typ 5 mA Inrush current per active channel The current is given through the used pro cessor module Typ 5 mA Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 187 600 R0001 TA5400 SIM input simulator for PM...

Page 970: ...ife cycle phase 1SAP 182 800 R0001 TA543 screw mounting accessory for PM50x2 Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 2 5 5 6 TA566 Wall mounting accessory The TA566 wall mounting accessory is used for mounting S500 eCo I O modules without DIN rail Handling instruction Technical data Ordering data Intended ...

Page 971: ... 24 V 15 20 Protection against reverse polarity Yes 120 V AC Voltage 120 V 15 10 Frequency 50 60 Hz 6 4 230 V AC Voltage 230 V AC 15 10 Frequency 50 60 Hz 6 4 120 V AC 240 V AC wide range supply Voltage 120 V 240 V 15 10 Frequency 50 60 Hz 6 4 Allowed interruptions of power supply according to EN 61131 2 DC supply Interruption 10 ms time between 2 interrup tions 1 s PS2 AC supply Interruption 0 5 ...

Page 972: ...r pressure Operating 800 hPa 2000 m Storage 660 hPa 3500 m Ingress protection IP20 2 6 1 2 Creepage distances and clearances The creepage distances and clearances meet the requirements of the overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 2 6 1 3 Insulation test voltages routine test Parameter Value 230 V circuits against other circuitry 2500 V 1 2 50 µs 120 V circuits against other circuitry 1500 V 1...

Page 973: ...350 V AC 2 s The content of the following table is only valid for PM56xx and TB56xx Table 197 Insulation test voltages and continuous voltages Insulation Test Voltage Continuous Voltage COM interfaces gal vanically isolated 1 1 mm 1216 V DC 60 s 1500 V 1 2 50µs 75 V CAN interface gal vanically isolated 1 1 mm 1216 V DC 60 s 1500 V 1 2 50µs 75 V Ethernet 1 1 mm 1500 V rms 50 60 Hz 60 s 2400 V 1 2 5...

Page 974: ...ection against electric shock 2 6 1 5 Electromagnetic compatibility Table 198 Range of use Parameter Value Industrial applications Yes Domestic applications No Table 199 Immunity against electrostatic discharge ESD according to IEC 61000 4 2 zone B criterion B Parameter Value Electrostatic voltage in case of air discharge 8 kV Electrostatic voltage in case of contact dis charge 4 kV in a closed sw...

Page 975: ...nducted according to IEC 61000 4 6 zone B criterion A Parameter Value Test voltage 3V zone B 10 V is also met High energy surges According to IEC 61000 4 5 zone B criterion B Power supply DC 1 kV CM 0 5 kV DM DC I O supply 0 5 kV CM 0 5 kV DM Communication Lines shielded 1 kV CM AC I O unshielded 3 2 kV CM 1 kV DM I O analog I O DC unshielded 3 1 kV CM 0 5 kV DM Radiation radio disturbance Accordi...

Page 976: ... construction is provided within the overall functions section Ä Chapter 2 4 4 EMC conforming assembly and construction on page 918 NOTICE PLC damage due to wrong enclosures Due to their construction degree of protection IP 20 according to EN 60529 and their connection technology the devices are suitable only for operation in enclosed switchgear cabinets To protect PLCs against unauthorized access...

Page 977: ...istance from cable duct 20 mm 3 Mounting plate grounded NOTICE Horizontal mounting is highly recommended Vertical mounting is possible however derating consideration should be made to avoid problems with poor air circulation and overheating see Ä Chapter 2 6 1 1 Environmental conditions on page 971 System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard Mechanical dimensions 2022 01 31 3ADR0102...

Page 978: ...ns and horizontal mounting we also recommend to place end stop terminals at the right and left side of the device to properly secure the modules e g type BADL P N 1SNA399903R0200 2 6 2 2 Mechanical dimensions AC500 Fig 182 Terminal bases side view and front view Dimensions ter minal bases System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard Mechanical dimensions 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US...

Page 979: ...side view and front view 2 6 2 3 Mechanical dimensions S500 Fig 184 Terminal units side view and front view Dimensions Terminal units System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard Mechanical dimensions 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 979 ...

Page 980: ...ide view and front view Fig 186 Terminal base for comparison All dimensions are in mm in Hole spacing tolerance 0 4 mm 0 016 in System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard Mechanical dimensions 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 980 ...

Page 981: ...r is energized All devices are grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow chromate stell DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials e g aluminium plastic etc that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding 2 6 3 1 Mounting Demounting terminal bases and function module terminal bases 1 Mount DI...

Page 982: ...B562x TB564x and TB566x need two TA526 Fig 187 Terminal bases Fastening with screws Fig 188 Function module terminal bases Fastening with screws By wall mounting the terminal base is grounded through the screws It is neces sary that the screws have a conductive surface e g steel zinc plated or brass nickel plated the mounting plate is grounded the screws have a good electrical contact to the mount...

Page 983: ...anel using the mounting screws If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time during drilling and tapping of the next group 7 Repeat the steps for all remaining modules 2 6 3 2 Mounting Demounting the terminal unit 1 Mount DIN rail 7 5 mm or 15 mm 2 Mount the terminal unit The terminal unit is snapped into the DIN rail in the sa...

Page 984: ... surface e g steel zinc plated or brass nickel plated the mounting plate is grounded the screws have a good electrical contact to the mounting plate The following procedure allows you to use the mounted modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures 1 On a clean work surface mount no more than 3 modules e g one...

Page 985: ...ules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time during drilling and tapping of the next group 7 Repeat the steps for all remaining modules 2 6 3 3 Mounting processor modules PM57x PM58x PM59x and PM56xx 1 After mounting the Terminal Base on the DIN rail mount the processor module 2 Press the processor module into the Terminal Base until it locks in ...

Page 986: ...ssor module 2 6 3 4 Mounting Demounting the I O modules After mounting the terminal unit mount the I O modules 1 Press the I O module into the terminal unit until it locks in place System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard Mounting and demounting 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 986 ...

Page 987: ...ICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply voltage and process supply voltage are switched off before you begin with operations on the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages After mounting the terminal base mount the...

Page 988: ... must not be touched during operation 2 The demounting is carried out in a reversed order Press above and below then rotate the communication module and remove it 2 6 3 6 Mounting Demounting the accessories Additional components such as batteries cables etc are required for commissioning the PLC system Information on assembly replacement or basic use of the orderable components can be found in the...

Page 989: ...er 2 6 1 1 Environmental conditions on page 971 the power supply detection is activated and the processor module is started Power supply of processor module and I O modules should be powered on the same time otherwise the processor module will not switch to run after startup When during operation the power supply is going down lower than the minimum Process and supply voltage see Ä Chapter 2 6 1 1...

Page 990: ... FE Functional earth 2 6 4 2 Terminals for power supply and the COM1 interface Number of cores per ter minal Conductor type Cross section 1 Solid 0 08 mm to 1 5 mm 1 Flexible 0 08 mm to 1 5 mm 1 with wire end ferrule without plastic sleeve Flexible 0 25 mm to 1 5 mm 1 with wire end ferrule with plastic sleeve Flexible 0 25 mm to 0 5 mm 1 TWIN wire end ferrule Flexible 0 5 mm 2 6 4 3 Terminals at t...

Page 991: ...ross section of the wire end ferrule also 2 x 1 0 mm Terminal units with product index C0 e g 1SAP 212 200 R0001 C0 Number of cores per terminal Conductor type Cross section 1 Solid 0 08 mm to 2 5 mm 1 Flexible 0 08 mm to 2 5 mm 1 with wire end ferrule without plastic sleeve Flexible 0 08 mm to 2 5 mm 1 with wire end ferrule with plastic sleeve Flexible 0 14 mm to 1 5 mm 2 Solid 0 08 mm to 1 5 mm ...

Page 992: ...Solid Not intended 2 Flexible Not intended 2 with TWIN wire end ferrule length 10 mm with plastic sleeve Flexible 2 x 0 25 mm or 2 x 0 5 mm or 2 x 0 75 mm with square cross section of the wire end ferrule also 2 x 1 0 mm 2 6 4 4 Connection of wires at the spring terminals 1 2 3 b a conductor driver screw b Screwdriver for Opening for Opening closed Terminal open Terminal a inserted Screwdriver Scr...

Page 993: ... free of insulation at the tip 4 While erecting the screwdriver insert it until the stop requires a little strength 5 Screwdriver inserted terminal open 6 Strip the wire for 7 mm and put on wire end ferrule 7 Insert wire into the open terminal 8 Done 2 3 Screwdriver 1 Screwdriver Fig 192 Disconnect wire from the spring terminal steps 1 to 3 Disconnection System assembly construction and connection...

Page 994: ...erecting the screwdriver insert it until the stop requires a little strength terminal is now open 4 Remove wire from the open terminal 5 Done 2 6 4 5 Terminals for CANopen DeviceNet communication modules Fig 194 Combicon 5 pole female removable plug with spring terminals Fig 195 Combicon 5 pole female removable plug with spring terminals System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard C...

Page 995: ...shielded twisted pair Max transmis sion rate kbit s Conductor cross section mm Line resistance W km Wave impe dance W 0 40 0 25 0 34 AWG23 AWG22 70 120 1000 at 40 m 40 300 0 34 0 60 AWG22 AWG20 60 120 500 at 100 m 300 600 0 50 0 60 AWG20 40 120 100 at 500 m 600 1000 0 75 0 80 AWG18 26 120 50 at 1000 m NOTICE Risk of telegram and data errors The use of wrong cable type and quality could lead to lim...

Page 996: ...rrect number of termi nating resistors if the measurement is showing deviations Ensure that the termination and FE connection will not be removed when removing CAN modules from the bus Branches are not allowed in a CAN network Stubs should be avoided or kept as short as possible 0 3 m When connecting the cable take care to use one dedicated twisted pair for the CAN signals CAN_L and CAN_H and anot...

Page 997: ...Ethernet interface Interface Pin Signal Description 1 TxD Transmit data 2 TxD Transmit data 3 RxD Receive data 4 NU Not used 5 NU Not used 6 RxD Receive data 7 NU Not used 8 NU Not used Shield Cable shield Functional earth See supported protocols and used Ethernet ports See communication via Modbus TCP IP See communication via Modbus RTU Pin assignment System assembly construction and connection A...

Page 998: ...ime Therefore the maximum distance between two ends must not be longer than the distance corresponding to the half signal propa gation time of 512 bits Thus the resulting maximum possible length of the collision domain is 2000 m for a transmission rate of 10 Mbit s and 200 m for 100 Mbit s In addition the bit delay times caused by the passed network components also have to be considered The follow...

Page 999: ...crossover functionality In particular for AC500 modules in product life cycle phase Classic Crossover cables are for a direct Ethernet connection of two terminal devices as the simplest variant of a network From transmission lines of the first station to the reception lines of the second station 12345678 12345678 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Fig 198 Wiring of a crossover cable For networks with...

Page 1000: ...bus operating mode and the interface parameters are set in the Table 205 Description of the Modbus protocol Parameter Value Supported standard See Number of connection points 1 client Max 1 server with RS 232 interface Max 31 servers with RS 485 Protocol Modbus Operating mode Client server Address Server only Data transmission control CRC16 Data transmission speed From 9 600 bits s to 115 200 bits...

Page 1001: ... AC500 eCo V2 3 AC500 V3 AC500 XC V3 AC500 eCo V3 MC502 x x x x x MC5141 x x x x x MC5102 with TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter x 1 x 1 2 x 1 x x 2 MC5102 without TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter x 1 As of firmware 2 5 x 2 Temporary use of MC5102 is possible under normal environmental conditions but MC5141 should be preferred 3 A memory card can only be inserted when a MC503 memory card adap...

Page 1002: ...PU firmware The memory card is intended for long term use in standard and XC application The memory card can be read written on a PC with a SDHC compatible memory card reader The dimensions are in mm and in brackets in inch AC500 V3 1 Unpack the memory card 2 Insert the memory card into the memory card slot of the processor module until locked Purpose Dimensions Insert the memory card System assem...

Page 1003: ... shown next to MC in the display Otherwise the memory card and or files on it might get corrupted and or normal PLC operation might be disturbed 1 To remove the memory card push on the memory card until it moves forward 2 By this the memory card is unlocked and can be removed Remove the memory card System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard Handling of accessories 2022 01 31 3ADR01...

Page 1004: ...Weight 2 g Dimensions 24 mm x 32 mm x 2 1 mm It is not possible to use 100 of a device s memory space About 10 of the total available space must remain unused at any time to maintain normal device operation Further information on using the memory card in AC500 PLCs is provided in the chapter Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 180 100 R0001 MC502 memory card Classic Technical data Or...

Page 1005: ...erted micro memory card can only be read Memory card type AC500 V2 AC500 XC V2 AC500 eCo V2 3 AC500 V3 AC500 XC V3 AC500 eCo V3 MC502 x x x x x MC5141 x x x x x MC5102 with TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter x 1 x 1 2 x 1 x x 2 MC5102 without TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter x 1 As of firmware 2 5 x 2 Temporary use of MC5102 is possible under normal environmental conditions but MC5141 should b...

Page 1006: ...ication data and or application programs or project source codes as well as to update the internal CPU firmware The micro memory card can only be used temporarily in standard and XC applications The memory card can be read written on a PC with a SDHC compatible memory card reader when using TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter The dimensions are in mm and in brackets in inch Purpose Dimensions Micr...

Page 1007: ...pack the micro memory card and insert it into the supplied micro memory card adapter 2 Insert the micro memory card adapter with integrated micro memory card into the memory card slot of the processor module until locked Insert the micro memory card AC500 V3 System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard Handling of accessories 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 1007 ...

Page 1008: ... memory card Do not remove the micro memory card when it is working AC500 V3 Remove the micro memory card with micro memory card adapter only when no black square is shown next to MC in the display AC500 eCo V3 Remove the micro memory card only when the MC LED is not blinking Otherwise the micro memory card and or files on it might get corrupted and or normal PLC operation might be disturbed AC500...

Page 1009: ...o memory card slot cover 2 Micro memory card 3 Micro memory card slot 1 Open the micro memory card slot cover by turning it upwards 2 Micro memory card can be removed from the micro memory card slot by gripping and pulling with two fingers 3 Close the micro memory card slot cover by turning it downwards Parameter Value Memory capacity 8 GB Total bytes written TBW On request AC500 V3 AC500 eCo V3 T...

Page 1010: ...ntain normal device operation Further information on using the micro memory card in AC500 PLCs is provided in the chapter Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 180 100 R0002 MC5102 micro memory card with TA5350 AD micro memory card adapter Active Modules in lifecycle Classic are available from stock but not recommended for planning and commissioning of new installations 2 6 5 3 MC5141 ...

Page 1011: ...rocessor module The use of other memory cards is prohibited ABB is not responsible nor liable for consequences resulting from use of unapproved memory cards Processor modules can be operated with and without micro memory card Processor modules are supplied without micro memory card It must be ordered separately The memory card is used to store or backup application data and or application programs...

Page 1012: ... the memory card slot of the processor module until locked Fig 204 Insert memory card into PM56xx 1 Memory card 2 Memory card slot AC500 V3 Dimensions Insert the memory card Remove the memory card System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard Handling of accessories 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 1012 ...

Page 1013: ...y this the memory card is unlocked and can be removed Fig 205 Remove memory card from PM56xx 1 Memory card 2 Memory card slot Parameter Value Memory capacity 2 GB Total bytes written TBW On request Data retention at beginning 10 years at 40 C when number of write processes has been 90 of lifetime of each cell 1 year at 40 C Write protect switch Yes at the edge of the memory card Weight 2 g Dimensi...

Page 1014: ...d without lithium battery It must be ordered separately The TA521 lithium battery is used for data SRAM and RTC buffering while the processor module is not powered See system technology AC500 battery The CPU monitors the discharge degree of the battery A warning is issued before the battery condition becomes critical about 2 weeks before Once the warning message appears the battery should be repla...

Page 1015: ...under power then the battery is correctly recognized and will not shortly discharged To ensure propper operation and to prevent data loss the battery insertion or replacement must be always done with the system under power Without battery and power supply there is no data buffering possible WARNING Risk of fire or explosion Use of incorrect Battery may cause fire or explosion Battery lifetime Inse...

Page 1016: ...ry should be replaced after 3 years of utilisation or at least as soon as possible after receiving the low battery warning indication Do not use a battery older than 3 years for replacement do not keep batteries too long in stock To ensure propper operation and to prevent data loss the battery insertion or replacement must be always done with the system under power Without battery and power supply...

Page 1017: ...n 3 years for replacement do not keep batteries too long in stock Parameter Value Nominal voltage 3 V Nominal capacity 560 mAh Temperature range index below C0 Operating 0 C 60 C Storage 20 C 60 C Transport 20 C 60 C Temperature range index C0 and above Operating 40 C 70 C Storage 40 C 85 C Transport 40 C 85 C Battery lifetime Typ 3 years at 25 C Self discharge 2 per year at 25 C 5 per year at 40 ...

Page 1018: ... in the section Mounting and disassembling the terminal unit Ä Mounting with screws on page 984 and Mounting Disas sembling Terminal Bases and Function Module Terminal Bases Ä Mounting with screws on page 982 Parameter Value Weight 5 g Dimensions 67 mm x 35 mm x 5 5 mm Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 180 800 R0001 TA526 wall mounting acces sory Active Modules in lifecycle Classic...

Page 1019: ... in the same way as a common communication module Ä Chapter 2 6 3 5 Mounting Demounting the communication modules on page 987 Parameter Value Weight 50 g Dimensions 135 mm x 28 mm x 62 mm Part no Description Product life cycle phase 1SAP 180 600 R0001 TA524 dummy communica tion module Active Purpose Handling instructions Technical data Ordering data System assembly construction and connection AC50...

Page 1020: ...dancy module Wide range input voltage Mounting on DIN rail High efficiency of up to 90 Low power dissipation and low heating Wide ambient temperature range from 40 C 70 C No load proof overload proof continuous short circuit proof Power factor correction depending on the type Approved in accordance with all relevant international standards System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard...

Page 1021: ... 1SVR427032R0000 CP E 24 2 5 100 240 V AC or 90 375 V DC 24 V DC 2 5 A 40 5 1SVR427034R0000 CP E 24 5 0 115 230 V AC auto select or 210 370 V DC 24 V DC 5 A 63 2 1SVR427035R0000 CP E 24 10 0 115 230 V AC auto select or 210 370 V DC 24 V DC 10 A 83 1SVR427036R0000 CP E 24 20 0 115 230 V AC or 120 370 V DC 24 V DC 20 A 175 System assembly construction and connection AC500 Standard Handling of access...

Page 1022: ...They are equipped with overheat protection and active power factor correction Combinded with a broad AC and DC input range and extensive worldwide approvals the CP C 1 power supplies are the preferred choice for professional DC applications Typical efficiency of up to 94 Power reserve design delivers up to 150 of the nominal output current Signaling outputs for DC OK and power reserve mode High po...

Page 1023: ...al technical data of AC500 XC system 2 7 1 1 Environmental conditions Table 208 Process and supply voltages Parameter Value 24 V DC Voltage 24 V 15 20 Protection against reverse polarity Yes 120 V AC 240 V AC wide range supply Voltage 120 240 V 15 10 Frequency 50 60 Hz 6 4 Allowed interruptions of power supply DC supply Interruption 10 ms time between 2 interrup tions 1 s PS2 NOTICE Exceeding the ...

Page 1024: ...imited to 75 per group e g 8 A 6 A Analog outputs only if configured as voltage output maximum total output current per group is limited to 75 e g 40 mA 30 mA Analog outputs only if configured as current output maximum number of simultaneously used output chan nels limited to 75 per group e g 4 channels 3 channels Storage Transport 40 C 85 C Humidity Operating Storage 100 r H with conden sation Ai...

Page 1025: ...erion B Fast transient interference voltages burst Yes according to IEC 61000 4 4 zone B criterion B High energy transient interference voltages surge Yes according to IEC 61000 4 5 zone B criterion B Influence of radiated disturbances Yes according to IEC 61000 4 3 zone B criterion A Influence of line conducted interferences Yes according to IEC 61000 4 6 zone B criterion A Influence of power fre...

Page 1026: ...Shock resistance Yes according to IEC 60068 2 27 Assembly position Horizontal Vertical no application in salt mist environ ment Assembly on DIN rail DIN rail type According to IEC 60715 35 mm depth 7 5 mm or 15 mm Assembly with screws Screw diameter 4 mm Fastening torque 1 2 Nm 2 7 1 3 Environmental tests Parameter Value Storage IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab cold withstand test 40 C 16 h IEC 60068 2 2 Tes...

Page 1027: ...outputs 1 kV CM 0 5 kV DM Communication lines shielded 1 kV CM I O supply DC out 0 5 kV CM 0 5 kV DM Influence of radiated disturbances Test field strength 10 V m Influence of line conducted inter ferences Test voltage 10 V Power frequency magnetic fields 30 A m 50 Hz 30 A m 60 Hz CM Common Mode DM Differential Mode 2 8 AC500 S The AC500 S safety user manual must be read and understood before usin...

Page 1028: ... AI581 S TU582 S System assembly construction and connection AC500 S 2022 01 31 3ADR010278 3 en_US 1028 ...

Page 1029: ...ny Telephone 49 0 6221 701 1444 E mail plc support de abb com abb com plc abb com automationbuilder abb com contacts We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein Reproduction use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden ...

Search results

Summary of Contents for AC500 V3

Reviews:

Related manuals for AC500 V3

Brands by name

Popular brands

ABB AC500 V3, Hardware Manual

Search results

Summary of Contents for AC500 V3

Reviews:

Related manuals for AC500 V3

Brands by name

Popular brands